topBook 1 previous chapterprev next chapternext

Introduction

Τάδεthis the πρώτηfirst περιέχειto contain, astonish, surround βίβλοςbook τῆςthe Ἐκκλησιαστικῆςecclesiastical ἱστορίαςhistory This is the first of ten books of Church History which contains the following chapters:

TABLE OF CONTENTS

Chapter 1
Τίςwho?, what?, why?; +enclitic=someone, something the τῆςthe ἐπαγγελίαςannouncement, promise ὑπόθεσιςan entry .
The plan of the work.
Chapter 2
Ἐπιτομὴsummary κεφαλαιώδηςcapital, principal, chief περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe σωτῆραsaviour, deliverer καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριονlord ἡμῶνour, of us τὸνthe Χριστὸνanointed one τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod προυπάρξεώςpre-existence τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next θεολογίαςword of God .
Summary view of the pre-existence and divinity of our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ.
Chapter 3
Ὡςas καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ὄνομαcalled, named καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸhe, she, it, -self, same δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τὸthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist ἔγνωστόto know τεand, both, if ἀνέκαθενfrom above καὶand, also, even, then, next τετίμητοto honour, revere παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῖςthe θεσπεσίοιςdivinely sounding προφήταιςprophet .
The name Jesus and also the name Christ were known from the beginning, and were honoured by the inspired prophets.
Chapter 4
Ὡςas οὐno, not νεώτεροςnewest, youngest οὐδὲneither, nor, never ξενίζωνto entertain ἦνto be the; oh τρόποςmanner, way τῆςthe πρὸς+G=to advantage; +D=at, near; +A=to, toward αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same καταγγελθείσηςto announce, proclaim πᾶσιevery, all τοῖςthe ἔθνεσινgentile, nation, people εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion
The religion proclaimed by him to all nations was neither new nor strange.
Chapter 5
περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῶνthe χρόνωνtime τῆςthe ἐπιφανείαςappearing, surface αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τῆςthe εἰςinto, unto, for ἀνθρώπουςman .
The Time of His Appearance Among Men.
Chapter 6
Ὡςas κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοὺςthe χρόνουςtime αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἀκολούθωςconsistently ταῖςthe προφητείαιςprophecies ἐξέλιπονto fail, subside ἄρχοντεςleader, ruler, prince οἱthe τὸthe πρὶνbefore, prior ἐκout, out of προγόνωνforefather, ancestor διαδοχῆςsuccession τοῦthe ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθνουςgentile, nation, people ἡγούμενοιto lead, guide πρῶτόςfirst τεand, both, if ἀλλόφυλοςforeign, Philistine βασιλεύειto reign αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ἩρῴδηςHerod
About the Time of Christ, in Accordance with Prophecy, the Rulers Who Had Governed the Jewish Nation in Regular Succession from the Days of Antiquity Came to an End, and Herod, the First Foreigner, Became King.
Chapter 7
περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe εὐαγγελίοιςgospel νομιζομένηςto use customarily διαφωνίαςdisagreement τῆςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist, anointed γενεαλογίαςgenealogy
The Alleged Discrepancy in the Gospels Regarding the Genealogy of Christ.
Chapter 8
περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe ἩρῴδουHērōd κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τῶνthe παίδωνchild ἐπιβουλῆςplot, scheme καὶand, also, even, then, next οἵαsuch as, of what sort μετῆλθενto go over to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same καταστροφὴruin, overthrow βίουlife, livelihood .
The Cruelty of Herod Toward the Infants, and the Manner of His Death.
Chapter 9
περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῶνthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ΠιλᾶτονPilate χρόνωνtime .
The Times of Pilate.
Chapter 10
περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῶνthe παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἸουδαίοιςJews ἀρχιερέωνchief (high) priest καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along οὓςwho, which, that the; oh ΧριστὸςChrist τὴν‎the διδασκαλίανteaching ἐποιήσατοto do, make .
The High Priests of the Jews under Whom Christ Taught.
Chapter 11
Τὰthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around ἸωάννουJohn τοῦthe βαπτισμῷbaptism καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe Χριστοῦanointed, Christ μεμαρτυρημέναto bear witness .
Testimonies in Regard to John the Baptist and Christ.
Chapter 12
περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῶνthe μαθητῶνdisciple τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us .
The Disciples of our Saviour.
Chapter 13
Ἱστορίαinquiry περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe τῶνthe ἘδεσσηνῶνEdessenes δυνάστουruler, oppressor.
Narrative Concerning the Prince of the Edessenes.
Note: at the end of the Table of Contents, one manuscript adds:
ὅραto see, watch, consider the; oh ἀναγινώσκωνto read μὴno, not συναρπαγῇςto snatch and carry away τῇthe αἱρετικῇheretical ὑπολήψειact of taking up (a story) τοῦthe συγγραφέωςhistorian · εἰ[Conj] if, since γὰρfor, because καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰthe μάλιστάmost of all ἐστινto be ὠφελιμωτάτηmost helpful κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the ἱστορίανhistory, story, account the παροῦσαto be present βίβλοςbook, ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ὃμωςyet, nevertheless ὃπουin what place, as far as, since μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἀπολύτωςfreely, unconditionally περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around ΘεοῦGod φαίνεταιto appear, shine, illuminate θεολογῶνto study of God, οὐno, not δοκεῖto think, seem τισὶsomeone, something κακοδοξεῖνto be in ill-repute, ὃπουin what place, as far as, since δὲbut, and, however περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe πατρὸςfather καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe υἱοῦson καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe ἁγίουholy πνεύματοςspirit, breath, wind λέγειto speak, talk, say τιanything, something, πανταχοῦeverywhere ὑποβεβηκόταto subordinate καὶand, also, even, then, next δεύτερονsecond καὶand, also, even, then, next ὑπουργὸνhelping; helper τοῦthe πατρὸςfather ἐμφαίνειto display, show τὸνthe υἱόνson, ἈρειανὸςArian ὢνto be καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the ἑαυτοῦhimself, herself, themselves δόξανglory ἐπικεκρυμμένωςguardedly, mysteriously ἐπιδεικνύωνto exhibit, display ἐπιδεικνύωνto exhibit, display. “Beware, reader, of being caught by the heretical tendency of the writer, for though his present book is peculiarly valuable as history, nevertheless though in some places he speaks unconditionally concerning God and attributes divinity to him, and here to some his opinions seem sound, yet in others he speaks of the Father and the Son and the Holy Spirit and everywhere represents the Son as subordinate and secondary and the servant of the Father, for he was an Arian and guardedly manifest his opinion.”

Chapter 1

1-1 Τὰςthe τῶνthe ἱερῶνholy ἀποστόλωνapostle διαδοχὰςsuccession σὺν+D=with καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰςinto, unto, for ἡμᾶςwe, us διηνυσμένοιςto finish χρόνοιςtime, ὅσαall who; as great as τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next πηλίκαhow great?, how much? πραγματευθῆναιto be busy κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the ἐκκλησιαστικὴνecclesiastical ἱστορίανhistory, story, account λέγεταιto speak, talk, say, καὶand, also, even, then, next ὅσοιall who ταύτηςthis διαπρεπῶςdistinguished ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ταῖςthe μάλισταespecially, most of all, particularly ἐπισημοτάταιςmost notable παροικίαιςresident alien place, sojourn, residence ἡγήσαντόto govern τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next προέστησανto set before, ὅσοιall who τεand, both, if κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along γενεὰνgeneration, race, clan ἑκάστηνeach ἀγράφωςorally or, either, than; +πριν=before καὶand, also, even, then, next διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of συγγραμμάτωνwriting, book τὸνthe θεῖονdivine, sulphur, godhead ἐπρέσβευσανto be the ambassador, senior reporter λόγονstatement, word, It is my purpose to write an account of the lines of succession of the holy apostles, as well as of the times that have elapsed from the days of our Saviour to our own; and to relate the many important events that are said to have occurred in the history of the Church; and to mention those who have governed and presided over the Church in the most prominent parishes, and those who in each generation have been the senior reporter of the divine word either orally or in writing.
1-2 τίνεςwho? what? τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ὅσοιall who καὶand, also, even, then, next ὁπηνίκαsince, when νεωτεροποιίαςrevolutionary spirit ἱμέρῳdesire πλάνηςdeception, error εἰςinto, unto, for ἔσχατονlast ἐλάσαντεςto set in motion, drive , ψευδωνύμουfalsely named γνώσεωςknowledge εἰσηγητὰςauthor ἑαυτοὺςourselves, yourselves, themselves ἀνακεκηρύχασινto proclaim orally , ἀφειδῶςunsparingly οἷαsuch as, of what sort λύκοιwolf βαρεῖςheavy, strong, savage τὴν‎the ΧριστοῦChrist ποίμνηνflock ἐπεντρίβοντεςto rub out , It is my purpose also to give the names and number and dates of those who through love of innovation have run into the greatest errors, and, proclaiming themselves discoverers of knowledge falsely so-called1were like fierce wolves mercilessly rubbing out the flock of Christ.
1-3 πρὸς+G=to advantage; +D=at, near; +A=to, toward ἐπὶon, upon, against τούτοιςthese καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰthe παραυτίκαmomentary τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἐπιβουλῆςplot, scheme τὸthe πᾶνevery, all ἸουδαίωνJews ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people περιελθόνταto go around , ὅσαall who; as great as τεand, both, if αὖagain καὶand, also, even, then, next ὁποῖαof what sort καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along οἵουςsuch as τεand, both, if χρόνουςtime πρὸς+G=to advantage; +D=at, near; +A=to, toward τῶνthe ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people the; oh θεῖοςdivine πεπολέμηταιto be at war λόγοςstatement, word , καὶand, also, even, then, next πηλίκοιhow much κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along καιροὺςseasons, always τὸνthe δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of αἵματοςblood καὶand, also, even, then, next βασάνωνtorment ὑπὲρ+ GEN = in behalf of, instead of; + ACC = over, above, beyond αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same διεξῆλθονto go through ἀγῶναconflict, fight , τάthe τ᾽and also ἐπὶon, upon, against τούτοιςthese καὶand, also, even, then, next καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ἡμᾶςwe, us αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same μαρτύριαwitness, testimony, proof καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the ἐπὶon, upon, against πάσινevery, all ἵλεωgracious, propitious καὶand, also, even, then, next εὐμενῆgracious τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us It is my intention, moreover, to recount the misfortunes that immediately came upon the whole Jewish nation in consequence of their plots against our Saviour, and to record the ways and the times in which the divine word has been attacked by the Gentiles, and to describe the character of those who at various periods have contended for it in the face of blood and of tortures, as well as the confessions which have been made in our own days, and finally the gracious and kindly succor which our Saviour has afforded them all.
1-4 ἀντίληψινhelp γραφῇscripture, writing παραδοῦναιto give over, deliver προῃρημένοςto bring forth, produce , οὐδ᾽neither, never ἄλλοθενfrom elsewhere or, either, than; +πριν=before ἀπὸfrom, away from πρώτηςfirst, former ἄρξομαιto begin; to rule τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe σωτῆραsaviour, deliverer καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριονlord ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist, anointed one [τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod] οἰκονομίαςmanagement.1 Since I propose to write of all these things I shall commence my work with the beginning of the dispensation1of our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ.
1Several manuscripts, editors, and translators include τοῦ θεοῦ (of God) after Χριστὸν (Christ). But the best manuscripts and sources, including Rufinus, do not.
1-5 Ἀλλάbut, otherwise μοιme, my συγγνώμηνconcession, permission εὐγνωμόνωνto have good sense; reasonable ἐντεῦθενfrom here, hence the; oh λόγοςstatement, word αἰτεῖto ask for , μείζοναgreater (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) or, either, than; +πριν=before καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ἡμετέρανour δύναμινability, strength ὁμολογῶνto promise, assure, confess εἶναιto be τὴν‎the ἐπαγγελίανannouncement, promise ἐντελῆcomplete, full καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπαράλειπτονcomplete ὑποσχεῖνto hold under , ἐπεὶsince, because, when, after καὶand, also, even, then, next πρῶτοιfirst νῦνnow; mouse τῆςthe ὑποθέσεωςbasic doctrine ἐπιβάντεςto step on, embark οἷάsuch as τιναsomeone, something ἐρήμηνdesolate, lonely, solitary καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀτριβῆnot rubbed ἰέναιto be ὁδὸνroad, way ἐγχειροῦμενto attempt; to attack, assail , But at the outset I must crave for my work the indulgence of the wise, for I confess that it is beyond my power to produce a perfect and complete history, and since I am the first to enter upon the subject, I am attempting to traverse as it were a lonely and untrodden path.
1-6 ΘεὸνGod μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ὁδηγὸνguide, leader καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the τοῦthe κυρίουlord συνεργὸνhelping, co-worker σχήσεινto have, hold εὐχόμενοιto pray δύναμινability, strength , ἀνθρώπωνhuman, man γεindeed, doubtless, yet μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely οὐδαμῶςby no means, not εὑρεῖνto find; broad οἷοίso as τεand, both, if ὄντεςto be ὄντεςto be ἴχνηfootprint, footstep γυμνὰnaked τὴν‎the αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same ἡμῖνus, our προωδευκότωνto travel before , μὴno, not ὅτιbecause, for, that, since σμικρὰςsmall, little αὐτὸhe, she, it, -self, same μόνονonly, alone προφάσειςpretext , δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ὧνwho, whom, which ἄλλοςother, another, next ἄλλωςotherwise ὧνwho, whom, which διηνύκασιto finish χρόνωνtime μερικὰςconcerning, partial ἡμῖνus, our καταλελοίπασιto leave διηγήσειςaccounts , πόρρωθενdistantly ὥσπερjust as εἰ[Conj] if, since πυρσοὺςtorch τὰςthe ἑαυτῶνthemselves προανατείνοντεςto lift up, raise up φωνὰςvoice, noise, sound καὶand, also, even, then, next ἄνωθένtop, above, again ποθενfrom where ὡςas ἐξout, out of ἀπόπτουas from a distance καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπὸfrom, away from σκοπῆςwatchtower βοῶντεςto call aloud καὶand, also, even, then, next διακελευόμενοιto exhort, give orders , who, which, that χρὴit is necessary, ought βαδίζεινto proceed καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the τοῦthe λόγουword, statement πορείανjourneying ἀπλανῶςsteadily καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀκινδύνωςsecurely εὐθύνεινto guide straight . I pray that I may have God as my guide and the power of the Lord as my aid, since I am unable to find even the bare footsteps of those who have traveled the way before me, except in brief fragments, in which some in one way, others in another, have transmitted to us particular accounts of the times in which they lived. From afar they raise their voices like torches, and they cry out, as from some lofty and conspicuous watchtower, admonishing us where to walk and how to direct the course of our work steadily and securely.
1-7 Ὅσαall who; as great as τοίνυνtruly now, hence, therefore εἰςinto, unto, for τὴν‎the προκειμένηνto present, precede ὑπόθεσινbasic doctrine, principle λυσιτελεῖνto profit ἡγούμεθαto suppose τῶνthe αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐκείνοιςthat σποράδηνscatteredly μνημονευθέντωνto remember , ἀναλεξάμενοιto gather, pick up, recover καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἐκout, out of λογικῶνreasonable λειμώνωνmeadow τὰςthe ἐπιτηδείουςuseful αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same τῶνthe πάλαιformerly, long ago συγγραφέωνhistorian ἀπανθισάμενοιto pluck off flowers φωνάςnoise, sound, voice , Having gathered therefore from the matters mentioned here and there by them whatever we consider important for the present work, and having plucked like flowers from a meadow the appropriate passages from ancient writers,
1-8 δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ὑφηγήσεωςguidance, leading ἱστορικῆςhistorical, historian πειρασόμεθαto attempt σωματοποιῆσαιto revive, refresh , ἀγαπῶντεςto love , εἰ[Conj] if, since καὶand, also, even, then, next μὴno, not ἁπάντωνall things , τῶνthe δ᾽but, and, however, now οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore μάλισταespecially, most of all, particularly διαφανεστάτωνdiafanestatos τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἀποστόλωνapostle τὰςthe διαδοχὰςsuccession κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὰςthe διαπρεπούσαςto be eminent ἔτιever, any longer, yet καὶand, also, even, then, next νῦνnow; mouse μνημονευομέναςto remember ἐκκλησίαςassembly, church ἀνασωσαίμεθαto recover what is lost, rescue . we shall endeavor to embody the whole in a historical narrative, content if we preserve the memory of the lines of succession of the apostles of our Saviour; if not indeed of all, yet of the most renowned of them in those churches that are the most noted, and which even to the present time are held in honour.
1-9 ἀναγκαιόταταmost necessary δέbut, and, however μοιme, my πονεῖσθαιto work hard τὴν‎the ὑπόθεσινbasic doctrine, principle ἡγοῦμαιto count, esteem, suppose, think, lead, guide , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μηδέναno one, nothing πωuntil now εἰςinto, unto, for δεῦροcome here; until now τῶνthe ἐκκλησιαστικῶνecclesiastical 1 συγγραφέωνhistorian διέγνωνto recognize περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦτοthis τῆςthe γραφῆςdocument σπουδὴνdiligent, speed, haste πεποιημένονto do, make τὸthe μέροςin detail, partly, one after another · ἐλπίζωto hope δ᾽but, and, however, now ὅτιbecause, for, that, since καὶand, also, even, then, next ὠφελιμωτάτηmost helpful τοῖςthe φιλοτίμωςbravely περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τὸthe χρηστομαθὲςdesire of learning τῆςthe ἱστορίαςhistory, story ἔχουσινto have, hold ἀναφανήσεταιto appear, discover . This work seems especially important to me because I know of no ecclesiastical1writer who has devoted himself to this subject. I hope that it will appear most useful to those who are fond of historical research.
1The use of the word “ecclesiastical” [ ἐκκλησιαστικῶνecclesiastical ] has also been translated “Christian” because the antithesis is either “heathen” or “heretical.”
1-10 ἤδηnow, already μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore τούτωνthese καὶand, also, even, then, next πρότερονbefore, previous ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to οἷςwho, which διετυπωσάμηνto form perfectly χρονικοῖςchronology χρονικοῖςchronology κανόσινline, rule ἐπιτομὴνsummary κατεστησάμηνto set down , πληρεστάτηνfullest δ᾽but, and, however, now οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore ὅμωςeven, at the same time αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ἐπὶon, upon, against τοῦthe παρόντοςto come here, be present ὡρμήθηνto set in motion τὴν‎the ἀφήγησινnarration, account ποιήσασθαιto do, make . I have already given a summary of these things in the Chronological Canons that I have composed, but notwithstanding that, I have undertaken in the present work to write as full an account of them as I am able.
1-11 Καὶand, also, even, then, next ἄρξεταίto be first γέyet, doubtless, indeed, also μοιme, my the; oh λόγοςstatement, word , ὡςas ἔφηνto affirm, say , ἀπὸfrom, away from τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist ἐπινοουμένηςto think on, notice ὑψηλοτέραςhigher, loftier καὶand, also, even, then, next κρείττονοςbetter, best or, either, than; +πριν=before κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ἄνθρωπονman, person οἰκονομίαςmanagement1 τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next θεολογίαςword of God.2 My work will begin, as I have said, with the dispensation1of the Saviour Christ — which is loftier and greater than human conception — and with a discussion of his divinity.2
1The use of the word οἰκονομία translated “dispensation” is a semi-technical term regarding Christ as the incarnation of the divine Logos.
2The use of the word θεολογία is the ascription of divinity to him. Thus this passage might be more freely translated as “the divine and human natures of Christ, which pass man's understanding.”
1-12 καὶand, also, even, then, next γὰρfor, because τὸνthe γραφῇscripture, writing μέλλονταto intend, be about to τῆςthe ἐκκλησιαστικῆςecclesiastical ὑφηγήσεωςguidance, leading παραδώσεινto deliver τὴν‎the ἱστορίανhistory, story, account , ἄνωθενtop, above, again ἐκout, out of πρώτηςfirst, former τῆςthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same τὸνthe ΧριστόνChrist, ὅτιπερthat ἐξout, out of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe προσωνυμίαςsurname ἠξιώθημενto think, deem worthy , θειοτέραςmore divine or, either, than; +πριν=before κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸthe δοκοῦνto think, suppose τοῖςthe πολλοῖςmany οἰκονομίαςmanagement ἀναγκαῖονnecessary ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever εἴηto be κατάρξασθαιto begin . For it is necessary, inasmuch as we derive even our name from Christ, for one who proposes to write a history of the Church to begin with the very origin of Christ's dispensation, a dispensation more divine than many think.

Chapter 2

2-1 Διττοῦtwo-fold, double δὲbut, and, however ὄντοςto be τοῦthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same τρόπουmanner, way , καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. σώματοςbody, corpse ἐοικότοςto be as, to be like κεφαλῇhead , who, which, that ΘεὸςGod ἐπινοεῖταιto think on, form plans , τοῦthe δὲbut, and, however ποσὶfoot παραβαλλομένουtransgressor , who, which, that τὸνthe ἡμῖνus, our ἄνθρωπονman, person ὁμοιοπαθῆsimilarly affected τῆςthe ἡμῶνour, of us αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ἕνεκενbecause of ὑγρὸνto plunge σωτηρίαςsalvation , Since in Christ there is a twofold nature, and the one — in so far as he is thought of as God — resembles the head of the body, while the other may be compared with the feet — in so far as he, for the sake of our salvation, put on human nature with the same passions as our own.
2-2 γένοιτ᾽to become, come to be ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἡμῖνus, our ἐντεῦθενfrom here, hence ἐντελὴςcomplete the τῶνthe ἀκολούθωνto follow διήγησιςnarrative, account, tale , εἰ[Conj] if, since τῆςthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἱστορίαςhistory, story ἁπάσηςall, whole ἀπὸfrom, away from τῶνthe κεφαλαιωδεστάτωνchiefest καὶand, also, even, then, next κυριωτάτωνmost important τοῦthe λόγουword, statement τὴν‎the ὑφήγησινguidance, leading ποιησαίμεθαto make, do · The following work will be complete only if we begin with the chief and most important events of all his history.
2-3 ταύτῃthis δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe ΧριστιανῶνChristians ἀρχαιότητοςantiquity, early τὸthe παλαιὸνold ὁμοῦtogether καὶand, also, even, then, next θεοπρεπὲςfit for God, revered τοῖςthe νέανnew αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐκτετοπισμένηνto remove from , χθὲςyesterday καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐno, not πρότερονbefore, previous φανεῖσανto illuminate; to appear , ὑπολαμβάνουσινto receive ἀναδειχθήσεταιto lift up .1 In this way will the antiquity and divinity of Christianity be shown to those who suppose it of recent and foreign origin, and imagine that it appeared only yesterday.1
1One of the principal objections raised against Christianity was that it was a recent religion. A true religion needed to have ancient origens. Therefore the Church Fathers laid great stress on the antiquity of Christianity and emphasized the Old Testament as a Christian book.
2-4 Γένουςgeneration, family, race, nation, kind μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀξίαςworth, value αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same τεand, both, if οὐσίαςgoods, substance τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist καὶand, also, even, then, next φύσεωςnatural endowment, physically οὔτιςno one ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever εἰςinto, unto, for ἔκφρασινa description αὐτάρκηςindependant γένοιτοto become, come to be λόγοςstatement, word , who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe πνεῦμαspirit, breath, wind τὸthe θεῖονdivine, sulphur, godhead ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to προφητείαιςpropheciesτὴν‎the γενεὰνgeneration, race, clan αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, sameφησὶνto affirm, sayτίςwho?, what? Why?; +enclitic=someone, something διηγήσεταιto describe, declare;” ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore οὔτεneither, nor, and not τὸνthe πατέραfather τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing ἔγνωto know, εἰ[Conj] if, since μὴno, not the; oh υἱόςson, οὔτ᾽neither … nor αὖagain τὸνthe υἱόνson τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing ἔγνωto know ποτὲonce, ever, at any time κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to ἀξίανworthy of , εἰ[Conj] if, since μὴno, not μόνοςonly, alone the; oh γεννήσαςto give birth αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same πατήρfather , No language is sufficient to express the origin and the worth, the being and the nature of Christ. Wherefore also the Holy Spirit says in the prophecies, “Who shall declare his generation?1for none knows the Father except the Son, neither can any one know the Son adequately except the Father alone who has begotten him.
2-5 τόthe τεand, both, if φῶςlight τὸthe προκόσμιονexisting before the world καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the πρὸbefore αἰώνωνeternal νοερὰνintelligent, perceptive καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐσιώδηessential, substantial, real 1 σοφίανwisdom τόνthe τεand, both, if ζῶνταto live καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀρχῇbeginning, ruler, office παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τῷthe πατρὶfather τυγχάνονταto meet ΘεὸνGod λόγονstatement, word τίςwho?, what? Why?; +enclitic=someone, something ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever πλὴνnevertheless, moreover τοῦthe πατρὸςfather καθαρῶςpurely, in purity ἐννοήσειενto reflect, understand , πρὸbefore πάσηςall, utter, complete κτίσεωςcreation καὶand, also, even, then, next δημιουργίαςcreative act 2 ὁρωμένηςto see τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀοράτουinvisible τὸthe πρῶτονfirst, before καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνονonly, alone τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod γέννημαproduct, offspring , τὸνthe τῆςthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to οὐρανὸνheaven, sky βαλλομένηςto throw λογικῆςreasonable καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀθανάτουimmortal στρατιᾶςarmy ἀρχιστράτηγονchief commander , τὸνthe τῆςthe μεγάληςgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) βουλῆςdecision ἄγγελονangel, messenger , τὸνthe τῆςthe ἀρρήτουunsaid, unspeakable γνώμηςadvice, consent, opinion τοῦthe πατρὸςfather ὑπουργόνassisting, helpful , τὸνthe τῶνthe ἁπάντωνall things σὺν+D=with τῷthe πατρὶfather δημιουργόνmaker , τὸνthe Δεύτερονsecond μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὸνthe πατέραfather τῶνthe ὅλωνall, whole αἴτιονresponsible, guilty , τὸνthe τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod παῖδαchild, servant γνήσιονgenuine, sincerity καὶand, also, even, then, next μονογενῆunique, only begotten , τὸνthe τῶνthe γενητῶνoriginated ἁπάντωνall things κύριονlord καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘεὸνGod καὶand, also, even, then, next βασιλέαking τὸthe κῦροςauthority ὁμοῦtogether καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe κράτοςdominion, strength αὐτῇhe, she, it, -self, same θεότητιdivinity καὶand, also, even, then, next δυνάμειpower, ability καὶand, also, even, then, next τιμῇvalue, honour παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῦthe πατρὸςfather ὑποδεδεγμένονto welcome , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὰςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same μυστικὰςmystic τῶνthe γραφῶνwriting, document θεολογίαςword of Godἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀρχῇbeginning, ruler, office ἦνto be the; oh λόγοςstatement, word , καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh λόγοςstatement, word ἦνto be πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe ΘεόνGod , καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘεὸςGod ἦνto be the; oh λόγοςstatement, word ·3 πάνταevery, all δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἐγένετοto become, come to be , καὶand, also, even, then, next χωρὶςwithout, apart from αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἐγένετοto become, come to be οὐδὲneither, nor, never ἕνone .”4 For who beside the Father could clearly understand the Light which was before the world, the intellectual and essential1Wisdom which existed before the ages, the living Word which was in the beginning with the Father and which was God, the first and only begotten of God which was before every creation and fabrication2visible and invisible, the commander-in-chief of the rational and immortal host of heaven, the messenger of the great counsel, the executor of the Father's unspoken will, the creator, with the Father, of all things, the second cause of the universe after the Father, the true and only-begotten Son of God, the Lord and God and King of all created things, the one who has received dominion and power, with divinity itself, and with might and honour from the Father; as it is said concerning him in the mystical passages of Scripture which speak of his divinity: “In the beginning was the Word, and the Word was with God, and the Word was God.3
All things were made by him; and without him was not anything made.”4
1The word οὐσιώδηessential, substantial, real indicates “substantial” but not in the sense of “material.”
2The two words of the expression κτίσεωςcreation καὶand, also, even, then, next δημιουργίαςcreative act are almost synonyms. κτίσεωςcreation means making out of nothing. δημιουργίαςcreative act means making something out of existing matter.
3John 1:1
4John 1:3
2-6 τοῦτόthis τοιand yet, surely καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh μέγαςgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) ΜωυσῆςMoses, ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever προφητῶνprophet ἁπάντωνall things παλαιότατοςoldest, θείῳsulphur; holy πνεύματιspirit, breath, wind τὴν‎the τοῦthe παντὸςevery, all οὐσίωσίνto cause to exist τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next διακόσμησινdecoration, regulation ὑπογράφωνto write under , τὸνthe κοσμοποιὸνcreating the world καὶand, also, even, then, next δημιουργὸνfabricator, craftsman τῶνthe ὅλωνall, whole αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τῷthe ΧριστῷChrist καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐδὲneither, nor, never ἄλλῳother, another, next or, either, than; +πριν=before τῷthe θείῳsulphur; holy δηλαδὴclearly καὶand, also, even, then, next πρωτογόνῳfirstborn ἑαυτοῦhimself, herself, themselves λόγῳstatement, word, proposal τὴν‎the τῶνthe ὑποβεβηκότωνto stand under ποίησινmaking, fabrication παραχωροῦνταto go adide, concede διδάσκειto teach αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τεand, both, if κοινολογούμενονto commune ἐπὶon, upon, against τῆςthe ἀνθρωπογονίαςthe begetting of men · This, too, the great Moses teaches, when, as the most ancient of all the prophets, he describes under the influence of the divine Spirit the creation and arrangement of the universe. He declares that the maker of the world and the creator of all things yielded to Christ himself, and to none other than his own clearly divine and firstborn Word, the making of inferior things, and communed with him respecting the creation of man.
2-7 εἶπενto speak, talk, say γὰρfor, becauseφησὶνto affirm, saythe; oh ΘεόςGod · ‘πλεῖστοιmost ἄνθρωπονman, person κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to εἰκόναlikeness, image ἡμετέρανour καὶand, also, even, then, next καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὁμοίωσινlikeness, resemblance .' ” “For,” says he, “God said, ‘Let us make man in our image and in our likeness.' ”1
2-8 ταύτηνthis δὲbut, and, however ἐγγυᾶταιto pledge τὴν‎the φωνὴνvoice, sound, noise προφητῶνprophet ἄλλοςother, another, next , ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ὕμνοιςhymn θεολογῶνto study of Godαὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same εἶπενto speak, talk, say , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐγενήθησανto become, come to be · αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐνετείλατοto command, order , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐκτίσθησανto create ,” And another of the prophets confirms this, speaking of God in his hymns as follows: “He spoke and they were made; he commanded and they were created.1
1The point of this quotation is obscured by its shortness. Eusebius is really influenced by Psalm 32:6 LXX [τῷ λόγῳ τοῦ κυρίου οἱ οὐρανοὶ ἐστερεώθησαν] “By the word of the Lord the heavens were made firm.” He takes “word” as meaning Logos, and thus connects the “he” of the verse which he actually quotes with the Logos, not the Father. This was a traditional Christian interpretation and was probably so familiar to Eusebius that he overlooked his omission of the connecting link in the argument.
2-9 τὸνthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. πατέραfather καὶand, also, even, then, next ποιητὴνmaker εἰσάγωνto lead in, bring in ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever πανηγεμόναruler of all βασιλικῷroyal νεύματιnod, wink προστάττονταto command , τὸνthe δὲbut, and, however τούτῳthis δευτερεύονταto be second θεῖονdivine, sulphur, godhead λόγονstatement, word , οὐχno, not, no indeed ἕτερονother, another, next τοῦthe πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ἡμῶνour, of us κηρυττομένουto herald , ταῖςthe πατρικαῖςhereditary ἐπιτάξεσινinjunction ὑπουργοῦνταto render service, assist . He here introduces the Father and Maker as Ruler of all, commanding with a kingly nod, and second to him the divine Word, none other than the one who is proclaimed by us, as carrying out the Father's commands.
2-10 τοῦτονthis καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπὸfrom, away from πρώτηςfirst, former ἀνθρωπογονίαςthe begetting of men πάντεςevery, all ὅσοιall who δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore Δικαιοσύνῃrighteousness καὶand, also, even, then, next θεοσεβείαςgodliness, religion ἀρετῇvirtue διαπρέψαιto appear prominent λέγονταιto say, pick up, lay , ἀμφίabout τεand, both, if τὸνthe μέγανgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) θεράπονταservant ΜωυσέαMoses καὶand, also, even, then, next πρόbefore γεindeed, doubtless, yet αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same πρῶτοςfirst ἈβραὰμAbraham τούτουthis τεand, both, if οἱthe παῖδεςchild, servant καὶand, also, even, then, next ὅσοιall who μετέπειταafterward δίκαιοιjust, righteous πεφήνασινto reveal καὶand, also, even, then, next προφῆταιprophet , καθαροῖςclean, pure διανοίαςmind, understanding ὄμμασιeye φαντασθέντεςto become visible; to make visible ἔγνωσάνto know τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next οἷαsuch as, of what sort ΘεοῦGod παιδὶchild, servant τὸthe προσῆκονto belong to ἀπένειμανto assign σέβαςreverential awe , αὐτόςhe, she, it, -self, same τεand, both, if , οὐδαμῶςby no means, not ἀπορρᾳθυμῶνto neglect τῆςthe τοῦthe πατρὸςfather εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion , διδάσκαλοςteacher τοῖςthe πᾶσιevery, all τῆςthe πατρικῆςpaternal, ancestral καθίστατοto set down γνώσεωςknowledge . All that are said to have excelled in righteousness and piety since the creation of man, the great servant Moses and before him in the first place Abraham and his children, and as many righteous men and prophets as afterward appeared, have contemplated him with the pure eyes of the mind, and have recognized him and offered to him the worship which is due him as Son of God. But he, by no means neglectful of the reverence due to the Father, was appointed to teach the knowledge of the Father to them all.
2-11 ὦφθαιto see γοῦνtherefore, hence κύριοςlord the; oh ΘεὸςGod ἀνείρηταιto say οἷάsuch as τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing κοινὸςcommon, public ἄνθρωποςman, mankind τῷthe ἈβραὰμAbraham καθημένῳto sit down παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τὴν‎the δρῦνoak, oak tree τὴν‎the ΜαμβρῆMambre· For instance, the Lord God, it is said, appeared as a common man to Abraham while he was sitting at the oak of Mambre.
2-12 the; oh δ᾽but, and, however, now ὑποπεσὼνto fall under αὐτίκαat once, immediately , καίτοιalthough, and yet γεindeed, doubtless, yet ἄνθρωπονman, person ὀφθαλμοῖςeye ὁρῶνto see , προσκυνεῖto worship μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ὡςas ΘεόνGod , ἱκετεύειto entreat δὲbut, and, however ὡςas κύριονlord , ὁμολογεῖto confess, admit, promise τεand, both, if μὴno, not ἀγνοεῖνto be ignorant ὅστιςanyone who, anything which εἴηto be , ῥήμασινword αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same λέγωνto speak, talk, sayκύριεlord the; oh κρίνωνto judge πᾶσανevery, all τὴν‎the γῆνearth, ground, land , οὐno, not ποιήσειςto do, make κρίσινjudgment, accusation ;” And he, immediately falling down, although he saw a man with his eyes, nevertheless worshipped him as God, and sacrificed to him as Lord, and confessed that he was not ignorant of his identity when he uttered the words, “Lord, the judge of all the earth, will you not execute righteous judgment?1
2-13 εἰ[Conj] if, since γὰρfor, because μηδεὶςno one, nothing ἐπιτρέποιto turn to λόγοςstatement, word τὴν‎the ἀγένητονuncreated καὶand, also, even, then, next ἄτρεπτονunchangeable οὐσίανgoods, substance ΘεοῦGod τοῦthe παντοκράτοροςalmighty εἰςinto, unto, for ἀνδρὸςmale, man, husband εἶδοςform, shape, appearance μεταβάλλεινto turn, shift μηδ᾽and not, but not, neither … nor αὖagain γενητοῦoriginated μηθενὸςno one, nothing φαντασίᾳvision τὰςthe τῶνthe ὁρώντωνto see ὄψειςoutward appearance ἐξαπατᾶνto deceive μηδὲand not, but not; neither … nor μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely ψευδῶςfalsely τὰthe τοιαῦταof such kind πλάττεσθαιto form, mould; to strike with terror τὴν‎the γραφήνscripture , ΘεὸςGod καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριοςlord the; oh κρίνωνto judge πᾶσανevery, all τὴν‎the γῆνearth, ground, land καὶand, also, even, then, next ποιῶνto do, make κρίσινjudgment, accusation , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀνθρώπουman ὁρώμενοςto see σχήματιfigure, feature , τίςwho?, what? Why?; +enclitic=someone, something ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἕτεροςother, another, next ἀναγορεύοιτοto proclaim publicly , εἰ[Conj] if, since μὴno, not φάναιto show, make clear θέμιςlaw, right τὸthe πρῶτονfirst, before τῶνthe ὅλωνall, whole αἴτιονresponsible, guilty , or, either, than; +πριν=before μόνοςonly, alone the; oh προὼνto exist before αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same λόγοςstatement, word ;1 For if it is unreasonable to suppose that the unbegotten and immutable essence of the almighty God was changed into the form of man or that it deceived the eyes of the beholders with the appearance of some created thing, and if it is unreasonable to suppose, on the other hand, that the Scripture should falsely invent such things, when the God and Lord who judges all the earth and executes judgment is seen in the form of a man, who else can be called, if it be not lawful to call him the first cause of all things, than his only pre-existent Word?1
1Eusebius accepts the common view of the early Church that the theophanies of the Old Testament were Christophanies. In other words, they are not only the appearance of God, but also the appearance of Christ. Augustine seems to have been the first of the Church Fathers to take a different view, maintaining that such Christophanies were not consistent with the identity of essence between Father and Son, and that the Scriptures themselves teach that it was not the Logos, but an angel, who appeared to the Old Testament individuals on various occasions. Augustine's opinion was widely adopted, but in modern times the earlier view, which Eusebius reprents, has been the prevailing one.
2-14 περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around οὗwhere; who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ψαλμοῖςpsalm ἀνείρηταιto sayἀπέστειλενto send forth τὸνthe λόγονstatement, word αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἰάσατοto heal αὐτούςhe, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐρρύσατοto rescue, deliver αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐκout, out of τῶνthe διαφθορῶνdestruction, decay αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same .” Concerning whom it is said in the Psalms, “He sent his Word and healed them, and delivered them from their destructions.
2-15 τοῦτονthis Δεύτερονsecond μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὸνthe πατέραfather κύριονlord σαφέσταταclearest ΜωυσῆςMoses ἀναγορεύειto proclaim publicly λέγωνto speak, talk, sayἔβρεξεto rain, moisten κύριοςlord ἐπὶon, upon, against ΣόδομαSodom καὶand, also, even, then, next ΓόμορραGomorrha θεῖονdivine, sulphur, godhead καὶand, also, even, then, next πῦρfire παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along κυρίουlord·” Moses most clearly proclaims him second Lord after the Father, when he says, “The Lord rained upon Sodom and Gomorrha brimstone and fire from the Lord1.
2-16 τοῦτονthis καὶand, also, even, then, next τῷthe ἸακὼβJacob αὖθιςback again ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀνδρὸςmale, man, husband φανένταto shine σχήματιfigure, feature, ΘεὸνGod the θείαgod, divine προσαγορεύειto greet, address γραφήscripture , φάσκονταto say, affirm τῷthe ἸακὼβJacobοὐκέτιno longer, no more κληθήσεταιto call τὸthe ὄνομάname σουyou, your ἸακώβJacob , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ἸσραὴλIsraēl ἔσταιto be τὸthe ὄνομάname σουyou, your , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since ἐνίσχυσαςto strengthen μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ΘεοῦGod The divine Scripture also calls him God, when he appeared again to Jacob in the form of a man, and said to Jacob, “Your name shall be called no more Jacob, but Israel shall be your name, because you have prevailed with God.1
2-17 ὅτεafter that, when, while καὶand, also, even, then, nextἐκάλεσενto call, name ἸακὼβJacob τὸthe ὄνομαname τοῦthe τόπουplace ἐκείνουthat Εἶδοςappearance, face ΘεοῦGod ,” λέγωνto speak, talk, sayεἶδονto know, see γὰρfor, because ΘεὸνGod πρόσωπονface, surface πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with πρόσωπονface, surface καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐσώθηto save, heal μουmy, of me the ψυχήsoul, person .” Wherefore also “Jacob called that place ‘Vision of God' — saying, ‘For I have seen God face to face, and my life is preserved.' ”1
2-18 καὶand, also, even, then, next μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely οὐδ᾽neither, never ὑποβεβηκότωνto stand under ἀγγέλωνangel, messenger καὶand, also, even, then, next λειτουργῶνto serve, worship ΘεοῦGod τὰςthe ἀναγραφείσαςto record in writing θεοφανείαςvision of God ὑπονοεῖνto suspect θέμιςlaw, right , ἐπειδὴafter, when, because, since καὶand, also, even, then, next τούτωνthese ὅτεafter that, when, while τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans παραφαίνεταιto show beside , οὐκno, not ἐπικρύπτεταιto throw a cloak over, conceal the γραφήscripture , ὀνομαστὶby name οὐno, not ΘεὸνGod οὐδὲneither, nor, never μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely κύριονlord , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ἀγγέλουςangel, messenger χρηματίσαιto be called λέγουσαto speak, talk, say , ὡςas διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of μυρίων10,000 μαρτυριῶνproof, testimony πιστώσασθαιto convince ῥᾴδιονeasy. Nor is it admissible to suppose that the theophanies recorded were appearances of subordinate angels and ministers of God, for whenever any of these appeared to men, the Scripture does not conceal the fact, but calls them by name not God nor Lord, but angels, as it is easy to prove by numberless testimonies.
2-19 τοῦτονthis καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΜωυσέωςMoses διάδοχοςsuccessor, deputy ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever τῶνthe οὐρανίωνheavenly ἀγγέλωνangel, messenger καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀρχαγγέλωνarchangel τῶνthe τεand, both, if ὑπερκοσμίωνsupramundane δυνάμεωνarmies, abilities, powers ἡγούμενονto lead, guide, rule καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever εἰ[Conj] if, since τοῦthe πατρὸςfather ὑπάρχονταto exist; possessions δύναμινability, strength καὶand, also, even, then, next σοφίανwisdom καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰthe δευτερεῖαsecond price τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along πάντωνevery, all βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀρχῆςbeginning; ruler ἐμπεπιστευμένονto entrust , ἀρχιστράτηγονchief commander δυνάμεωςability, power κυρίουlord ὀνομάζειto call, name , οὐκno, not ἄλλωςotherwise αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same or, either, than; +πριν=before αὖθιςback again ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀνθρώπουman μορφῇform καὶand, also, even, then, next σχήματιfigure, feature θεωρήσαςto look at. Joshua, also, the successor of Moses, calls him, as leader of the heavenly angels and archangels and of the supramundane powers, and as lieutenant of the Father, entrusted with the second rank of sovereignty and rule over all, captain of the host of the Lord, although he saw him not otherwise than again in the form and appearance of a man.
2-20 γέγραπταιto write γοῦνtherefore, henceκαὶand, also, even, then, next ἐγενήθηto become, come to be , ὡςas ἦνto be ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἹεριχώJericho , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀναβλέψαςto look up, recover sight ὁρᾷto look, see ἄνθρωπονman, person ἑστηκόταto stand κατέναντιbefore, opposite αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next the ῥομφαίαsword ἐσπασμένηto draw out ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῇthe χειρὶhand αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next προσελθὼνto come toward, approach ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua εἶπενto speak, talk, say , ‘ ἡμέτεροςour εἶto be or, either, than; +πριν=before τῶνthe ὑπεναντίωνcontrary, opponent ;' For it is written: “And it came to pass when Joshua was at Jericho that he looked and saw a man standing over against him with his sword drawn in his hand, and Joshua went unto him and said, ‘Are you for us or for our adversaries?'
2-21 καὶand, also, even, then, next εἶπενto speak, talk, say αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , ‘ ἐγὼI ἀρχιστράτηγοςchief commander δυνάμεωςability, power κυρίουlord · νυνὶnow παραγέγοναto arrive .' And he said to him, ‘As captain of the host of the Lord am I now come.'
2-22 καὶand, also, even, then, next ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἔπεσενto fall ἐπὶon, upon, against πρόσωπονface, surface ἐπὶon, upon, against τὴν‎the γῆνearth, ground, land καὶand, also, even, then, next εἶπενto speak, talk, say αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , ‘ δέσποταmaster , τίwho? what?, someone, something προστάσσειςto order τῷthe σῷyou, your οἰκέτῃhouse servant, domestic ;' And Joshua fell on his face to the earth and said to him, ‘Lord, what do you command your servant?'
2-23 καὶand, also, even, then, next εἶπενto speak, talk, say the; oh ἀρχιστράτηγοςchief commander κυρίουlord πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua, ‘λῦσαιto loose, destroy τὸthe ὑπόδημαsandal ἐκout, out of τῶνthe ποδῶνfoot σουyou, your · the; oh γὰρfor, because τόποςplace , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to who, which, that σὺyou ἕστηκαςto stand τόποςplace ἅγιόςholy, a saint ἐστινto be .' ” And the captain of the Lord said to Joshua, ‘Loose your shoe from off your feet, for the place whereon you stand is holy.' ”
2-24 ἔνθαthen, there καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπιστήσειςto place upon ἀπὸfrom, away from τῶνthe αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ῥημάτωνword ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μὴno, not ἕτεροςother, another, next οὗτοςthus, so, this εἴηto be τοῦthe καὶand, also, even, then, next ΜωυσεῖMoses κεχρηματικότοςto negotiate , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same ῥήμασιword καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπὶon, upon, against τῷthe δέbut, and, however φησινto affirm, say the γραφήscriptureὡςas δὲbut, and, however εἶδενto see, behold, know κύριοςlord ὅτιbecause, for, that, since προσάγειto offer ἰδεῖνto know, behold , ἐκάλεσενto call, name αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same κύριοςlord ἐκout, out of τοῦthe βάτουthorn bush λέγωνto speak, talk, say , ‘ ΜωυσῆMoses ΜωυσῆMoses ,' You will perceive also from the same words that this was no other than he who talked with Moses. For the Scripture says in the same words and with reference to the same one, “When the Lord saw that he drew near to see, the Lord called to him out of the bush and said, ‘Moses, Moses.'
2-25 the; oh δὲbut, and, however εἶπενto speak, talk, say , ‘ τίwho? what?, someone, something ἐστινto be ;' καὶand, also, even, then, next εἶπενto speak, talk, say , ‘ μὴno, not ἐγγίσῃςto approach ὧδεhere · λῦσαιto loose, destroy τὸthe ὑπόδημαsandal ἐκout, out of τῶνthe ποδῶνfoot σουyou, your · the; oh γὰρfor, because τόποςplace , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to who, which, that σὺyou ἕστηκαςto stand ἐπ᾽on, upon, against αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , γῆearth, ground ἁγίαsacred, holy ἐστίνto be .' And he said, ‘What is it?' And he said, ‘Draw not near hither; loose your shoe from off your feet, for the place whereon you stand is holy ground.'
2-26 καὶand, also, even, then, next εἶπενto speak, talk, say αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , ‘ ἐγώI, me εἰμιto be the; oh ΘεὸςGod τοῦthe πατρόςfather σουyou, your , ΘεὸςGod ἈβραὰμAbraham καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘεὸςGod ἸσαὰκIsaac καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘεὸςGod ἸακώβJacob.' And he said to him,‘ I am the God of your fathers, the God of Abraham, and the God of Isaac, and the God of Jacob.'
2-27 καὶand, also, even, then, next ὅτιbecause, for, that, since γέyet, doubtless, indeed, also ἐστινto be οὐσίαgoods, substance τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing προκόσμιοςexisting before the world ζῶντοςto live καὶand, also, even, then, next ὑφεστῶσαto place under , the τῷthe πατρὶfather καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘεῷGod τῶνthe ὅλωνall, whole εἰςinto, unto, for τὴν‎the τῶνthe γενητῶνoriginated ἁπάντωνall things δημιουργίανcreative act ὑπηρετησαμένηto minister, serve , λόγοςstatement, word ΘεοῦGod καὶand, also, even, then, next σοφίαwisdom χρηματίζουσαto negotiate, warn , πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ταῖςthe τεθειμέναιςto place, put ἀποδείξεσινproof ἔτιever, any longer, yet καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐξout, out of ἰδίουone's own προσώπουface τῆςthe σοφίαςwisdom ἐπακοῦσαιto hear, listen, heed πάρεστινto be present , διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of ΣολομῶνοςSolomon λευκόταταbrightest ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like τὰthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same μυσταγωγούσηςto initiateἐγὼI the σοφίαwisdom κατεσκήνωσαto lodge (in tent) βουλήνplan, purpose, decision , καὶand, also, even, then, next γνῶσινNoun: knowledge; Verb: to know καὶand, also, even, then, next ἔννοιανknowledge; intent, mind ἐγὼI ἐπεκαλεσάμηνto call upon. δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐμοῦme, my, mine βασιλεῖςking βασιλεύουσινto rule, reign , καὶand, also, even, then, next οἱthe δυνάσταιruler γράφουσιto write δικαιοσύνηνrighteousness · δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐμοῦme, my, mine μεγιστᾶνεςgreat men μεγαλύνονταιto magnify , καὶand, also, even, then, next τύραννοιtyrant δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐμοῦme, my, mine κρατοῦσιto seize γῆςearth, ground, land·” And that there is a certain substance which lived and subsisted before the world, and which ministered unto the Father and God of the universe for the formation of all created things, and which is called the Word of God and Wisdom, we may learn, to quote other proofs in addition to those already cited, from the mouth of Wisdom herself, who reveals most clearly through Solomon the following mysteries concerning herself: “I, Wisdom, have dwelt with prudence and knowledge, and I have invoked understanding. Through me kings reign, and princes ordain righteousness. Through me the great are magnified, and through me sovereigns rule the earth.
2-28 οἷςwho, which ἐπιλέγειto chooseκύριοςlord ἔκτισένto create μεme ἀρχὴνrule, beginning ὁδῶνroad, way αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same εἰςinto, unto, for ἔργαwork, deed, action αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , πρὸbefore τοῦthe αἰῶνοςage, eternal ἐθεμελίωσένto lay a foundation μεme · ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀρχῇbeginning, ruler, office πρὸbefore τοῦthe τὴν‎the γῆνearth, ground, land ποιῆσαιto do, make , πρὸbefore τοῦthe προελθεῖνto go forward τὰςthe πηγὰςfountain τῶνthe ὑδάτωνwater , πρὸbefore τοῦthe ὄρηmountain ἑδρασθῆναιto establish , πρὸbefore δὲbut, and, however πάντωνevery, all βουνῶνhill γεννᾷto give birth to μεme. To which she adds: “The Lord created me in the beginning of his ways, for his works; before the world he established me, in the beginning, before he made the earth, before he made the depths, before the mountains were settled, before all hills he begot me.
2-29 ἡνίκαevery time that, when ἡτοίμαζενto prepare τὸνthe οὐρανόνheaven, sky , συμπαρήμηνto be present αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas ἀσφαλεῖςsafe, secure ἐτίθειto place, put πηγὰςfountain τῆςthe ὑπ᾽+ G = by (agency); + A = under οὐρανόνheaven, sky , ἤμηνto be σὺν+D=with αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἁρμόζουσαto fit together . When he prepared the heavens I was present with him, and when he established the fountains of the region under heaven I was with him, disposing.
2-30 ἐγὼI ἤμηνto be who, which, that προσέχαιρενto rejoice καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ἡμέρανday , εὐφραινόμηνto rejoice δὲbut, and, however ἐνώπιονbefore, in sight of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to παντὶall, every, whole καιρῷseason, time , ὅτεafter that, when, while εὐφραίνετοto rejoice τὴν‎the οἰκουμένηνinhabited world συντελέσαςto end, finish .” I was the one in whom he delighted; daily I rejoiced before him at all times when he was rejoicing at having completed the world.”
2-31 ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore προῆνto exist before καὶand, also, even, then, next τισὶνsomeone, something , εἰ[Conj] if, since καὶand, also, even, then, next μὴno, not τοῖςthe πᾶσινevery, all , the; oh θεῖοςdivine λόγοςstatement, word ἐπεφαίνετοto show forth, display , ταῦθ᾽this ἡμῖνus, our ὡςas ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to βραχέσινshort, little εἰρήσθωto speak, talk, say . That the divine Word, therefore, pre-existed and appeared to some, if not to all, has thus been briefly shown by us.
2-32 Τίwhat?, which?; +enclitic=anything, something δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore οὐχὶno indeed καθάπερeven as, according as τὰthe νῦνnow; mouse , καὶand, also, even, then, next πάλαιformerly, long ago πρότερονbefore, previous εἰςinto, unto, for πάνταςevery, all ἀνθρώπουςman καὶand, also, even, then, next πᾶσινevery, all ἔθνεσινgentile, nation, people ἐκηρύττετοto be a herald , ὧδεhere ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever γένοιτοto become, come to be πρόδηλονobvious, evident . But why the Gospel was not preached in ancient times to all men and to all nations, as it is now, will appear from the following considerations.
2-33 Οὐκno, not ἦνto be πωuntil now χωρεῖνto go, grasp, accept οἷόςsuch as τεand, both, if τὴν‎the τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist πάνσοφονall-wise καὶand, also, even, then, next πανάρετονvirtuous διδασκαλίανteaching the; oh πάλαιformerly, long ago τῶνthe ἀνθρώπωνhuman, man βίοςlife, livelihood . The life of the ancients was not of such a kind as to permit them to receive the all-wise and all-virtuous teaching of Christ.
2-34 εὐθὺςimmediately μένindeed, on the other hand γεindeed, doubtless, yet ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀρχῇbeginning, ruler, office μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὴν‎the πρώτηνfirst ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to μακαρίοιςblessed ζωὴνlife the; oh πρῶτοςfirst ἄνθρωποςman, mankind ἧττονless, fewer τῆςthe θείαςdivine ἐντολῆςcommand, commandment φροντίσαςto worry , εἰςinto, unto, for τουτονὶthis (intensive) τὸνthe θνητὸνmortal καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπίκηρονperishable βίονlife, livelihood καταπέπτωκενto fall, drop καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the ἐπάρατονaccursed ταυτηνὶthis (intensive) γῆνearth, ground, land τῆςthe πάλαιformerly, long ago ἐνθέουinspired τρυφῆςdelight ἀντικατηλλάξατοto exchange , Οἵwho, which, that; +enclitic=the τεand, both, if ἀπὸfrom, away from τούτουthis τὴν‎the καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ἡμᾶςwe, us σύμπασανaltogether πληρώσαντεςto fill πολὺmany, much χείρουςworse ἀναφανέντεςto cause to give light ἐκτὸςbut, except, besides, outside ἑνόςone πουabout; where? καὶand, also, even, then, next δευτέραςsecond , θηριώδηsavage τινὰsomeone, something τρόπονway, manner, fashion καὶand, also, even, then, next βίονlife, livelihood ἀβίωτονinsupportable ἐπανῄρηντοto take upon one · For immediately in the beginning, after his original life of blessedness, the first man despised the command of God, and fell into this mortal and perishable state, and exchanged his former divinely inspired luxury for this curse-laden earth. His descendants having filled our earth, showed themselves much worse, with the exception of one here and there, and entered upon a certain brutal and insupportable mode of life.
2-35 ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καὶand, also, even, then, next οὔτεneither, nor, and not πόλινcity οὔτεneither, nor, and not πολιτείανcitizenship , οὐno, not τέχναςart, skill , οὐκno, not ἐπιστήμαςunderstanding ἐπὶon, upon, against νοῦνmind, understanding ἐβάλλοντοto throw , νόμωνlaw τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next δικαιωμάτωνordinance, regulation καὶand, also, even, then, next προσέτιbesides ἀρετῆςpraise, virtue καὶand, also, even, then, next φιλοσοφίαςlove of wisdom οὐδὲneither, nor, never ὀνόματοςto call, name μετεῖχονto share , νομάδεςat pasture δὲbut, and, however ἐπ᾽on, upon, against ἐρημίαςwilderness οἷάsuch as τινεςsomeone, something ἄγριοιwild, savage καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπηνεῖςharsh διῆγονto carry across , τοὺςthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἐκout, out of φύσεωςnatural endowment, physically προσήκονταςto be present λογισμοὺςreasonings, thoughts τάthe τεand, both, if λογικὰreasonable καὶand, also, even, then, next ἥμεραtame, cultivated (plant) τῆςthe ἀνθρώπωνhuman, man ψυχῆςsoul, life σπέρματαseed αὐτοπροαιρέτουself-chosen κακίαςevil, wickedness ὑπερβολῇabundance, excellent διαφθείροντεςto destroy utterly , ἀνοσιουργίαιςimpiety, wickedness δὲbut, and, however πάσαιςevery, all ὅλουςwhole, all σφᾶςthem ἐκδεδωκότεςto surrender , ὡςas τοτὲthen μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἀλληλοφθορεῖνto seduce one another , τοτὲthen δὲbut, and, however ἀλληλοκτονεῖνto slay one another , ἄλλοτεat another time δὲbut, and, however ἀνθρωποβορεῖνto practise cannibalism , θεομαχίαςbattle against god τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰςthe παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῖςthe πᾶσινevery, all βοωμέναςto shout γιγαντομαχίαςbattle of the giants ἐπιτολμᾶνto submit, endure , καὶand, also, even, then, next γῆνearth, ground, land μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἐπιτειχίζεινto build a fort οὐρανῷheaven, sky διανοεῖσθαιto consider , μανίᾳinsanity δὲbut, and, however φρονήματοςmind, thinking ἐκτόπουforeign αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same τὸνthe ἐπὶon, upon, against πᾶσινevery, all πολεμεῖνto war παρασκευάζεσθαιto prepare · They thought neither of city nor state, neither of arts nor sciences. They were ignorant even of the name of laws and of justice, of virtue and of philosophy. As nomads, they passed their lives in deserts, like wild and fierce beasts, destroying, by an excess of voluntary wickedness, the natural reason of man, and the seeds of thought and of culture implanted in the human soul. They gave themselves wholly over to all kinds of profanity, now seducing one another, now slaying one another, now eating human flesh, and now daring to wage war with the Gods and to undertake those battles of the giants celebrated by all; now planning to fortify earth against heaven, and in the madness of ungoverned pride to prepare an attack upon the very God of all.
2-36 ἐφ᾽on, upon, over, by οἷςwho, which τοῦτονthis ἑαυτοῖςhimself, herself, themselves, yourselves εἰσάγουσιto bring in τὸνthe τρόπονway, manner, fashion κατακλυσμοῖςflood αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next πυρπολήσεσινconflagration ὥσπερjust as ἀγρίανwild, savage ὕληνforest κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along πάσηςall, utter, complete τῆςthe γῆςearth, ground, land κεχυμένηνto pour ΘεὸςGod the; oh πάντωνevery, all ἔφοροςoverseer, ruler μετῄειto go among , λιμοῖςdearth, famine τεand, both, if συνεχέσιholding together καὶand, also, even, then, next λοιμοῖςpestilence πολέμοιςwar τεand, both, if αὖagain καὶand, also, even, then, next κεραυνῶνthunderbolt βολαῖςto throw ἄνωθενtop, above, again αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same ὑπετέμνετοto cut away under , ὥσπερjust as τινὰsomeone, something δεινὴνterrible καὶand, also, even, then, next χαλεπωτάτηνmost difficult νόσονsickness, disease ψυχῶνsoul πικροτέροιςmore bitter, harsher ἀνέχωνto restrain τοῖςthe κολαστηρίοιςcorrection house/instrumen . On account of these things, when they conducted themselves thus, the all-seeing God sent down upon them floods and conflagrations as upon a wild forest spread over the whole earth. He cut them down with continuous famines and plagues, with wars, and with thunderbolts from heaven, as if to check some terrible and obstinate disease of souls with more severe punishments.
2-37 τότεthen μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore , ὅτεafter that, when, while δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next πολὺςmany, much ἦνto be ἐπικεχυμένοςto pour out upon ὀλίγουsmall, few δεῖνit is necessary; to bind κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along πάντωνevery, all the; oh τῆςthe κακίαςevil, wickedness κάροςheavy sleep , οἷαsuch as, of what sort μέθηςdrunkenness δεινῆςdreadful , τὰςthe ἁπάντωνall things σχεδὸνnearly, almost ἀνθρώπωνhuman, man ἐπισκιαζούσηςto overshadow καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπισκοτούσηςto darken, obscure ψυχάςsoul, person , the πρωτόγονοςfirstl-born, firstling καὶand, also, even, then, next πρωτόκτιστοςfirst created τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod σοφίαwisdom καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same the; oh προὼνto exist before λόγοςstatement, word φιλανθρωπίαςlove to mankind ὑπερβολῇabundance, excellent τοτὲthen μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ὀπτασίαςvision ἀγγέλωνangel, messenger τοῖςthe ὑποβεβηκόσιto stand under , τοτὲthen δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἑαυτοῦhimself, herself, themselves οἷαsuch as, of what sort ΘεοῦGod δύναμιςability, power σωτήριοςsalvation ἑνίto be there; one πουabout; where? καὶand, also, even, then, next δευτέρῳsecond, again τῶνthe πάλαιformerly, long ago θεοφιλῶνbeloved of God ἀνδρῶνmale, man, husband οὐκno, not ἄλλωςotherwise who, which δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἀνθρώπουman μορφῆςform, shape, nature , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μηδ᾽and not, but not, neither … nor ἑτέρωςotherwise ἦνto be δυνατὸνstrong αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same , ὑπεφαίνετοto begin to appear . Then, when the excess of wickedness had overwhelmed nearly all the race, like a deep fit of drunkenness, beclouding and darkening the minds of men, the first-born and first-created wisdom of God, the pre-existent Word himself, induced by his exceeding love for man, appeared to his servants, now in the form of angels, and again to one and another of those ancients who enjoyed the favor of God, in his own person as the saving power of God, not otherwise, however, than in the shape of man, because it was impossible to appear in any other way.
2-38 Ὡςhow, when δ᾽but, and, however, now ἤδηnow, already διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τούτωνthese τὰthe θεοσεβείαςgodliness, religion σπέρματαseed εἰςinto, unto, for πλῆθοςlarge crowd ἀνδρῶνmale, man, husband καταβέβλητοto overthrow ὅλονaltogether, whole τεand, both, if ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people ἐπὶon, upon, against γῆςearth, ground, land θεοσεβείᾳgodliness, religion προσανέχονto rise up toward; wait patiently ἐκout, out of τῶνthe ἀνέκαθενfrom above ἙβραίωνHebrews ὑπέστηto resist , τούτοιςthese μένindeed, on the other hand , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever εἰ[Conj] if, since πλήθεσινgreat number ἔτιever, any longer, yet ταῖςthe παλαιαῖςold ἀγωγαῖςdeportment ἐκδεδιῃτημένοιςto go astray , διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦthe προφήτουprophet ΜωυσέωςMoses εἰκόναςlikeness, image καὶand, also, even, then, next σύμβολαsign, seal σαββάτουsabbath τινὸςsomeone, something μυστικοῦmystic καὶand, also, even, then, next περιτομῆςcircumcision, circumcised ἑτέρωνother, another, next τεand, both, if νοητῶνto think; mental θεωρημάτωνsight, spectacle εἰσαγωγάςact of bringing in , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐκno, not αὐτὰςshe, -self, same ἐναργεῖςclear, evident, visible παρεδίδουto give over; to deliver μυσταγωγίαςinitiation into the mysteries · And as by them the seeds of piety were sown among a multitude of men and the whole nation, descended from the Hebrews, devoted themselves persistently to the worship of God, he imparted to them through the prophet Moses, as to multitudes still corrupted by their ancient practices, images and symbols of a certain mystic Sabbath and of circumcision, and elements of other spiritual principles, but he did not grant them a complete knowledge of the mysteries themselves.
2-39 ὡςas δὲbut, and, however τῆςthe παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τούτοιςthese νομοθεσίαςlaw-giving βοωμένηςto shout καὶand, also, even, then, next πνοῆςwind δίκηνjustice, judgment εὐώδουςfragrant εἰςinto, unto, for ἅπανταςall, every, whole ἀνθρώπουςman διαδιδομένηςto pass on, hand over , ἤδηnow, already τότεthen ἐξout, out of αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe πλείοσινmost, many, greater, exceed τῶνthe ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τῶνthe πανταχόσεeverywhere νομοθετῶνto legislate τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next φιλοσόφωνphilosopher ἡμέρωτοto tame τὰthe φρονήματαthinking, mindset , τῆςthe ἀγρίαςwild, savage καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπηνοῦςharsh θηριωδίαςunbridled brutality ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸthe πρᾶονmeek, gentle μεταβεβλημένηςto turn, shift , ὡςas καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰρήνηνpeace βαθεῖανdeep φιλίαςfriendship τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπιμιξίαςa mixing with πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ἀλλήλουςone another, each other ἔχεινto have, hold , τηνικαῦταat that time, then πᾶσιevery, all δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore λοιπὸνremaining, rest ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe ἀνὰby, each, respectively τὴν‎the οἰκουμένηνinhabited world ἔθνεσινgentile, nation, people ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever προωφελημένοιςto help . καὶand, also, even, then, next ἤδηnow, already τυγχάνουσινto find ἐπιτηδείοιςuseful, serviceable πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with παραδοχὴνreception τῆςthe τοῦthe πατρὸςfather γνώσεωςknowledge , the; oh αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore πάλινagain, back ἐπιστρέψαςto turn ἐκεῖνοςthat the; oh τῶνthe ἀρετῶνvirtue διδάσκαλοςteacher , the; oh ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to πᾶσινevery, all ἀγαθοῖςgood τοῦthe πατρὸςfather ὑπουργόςassisting, helpful , the; oh θεῖοςdivine καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐράνιοςclestial τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod λόγοςstatement, word , δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἀνθρώπουman κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along μηδὲνno one, nothing σώματοςbody, corpse οὐσίᾳgoods, substance τὴν‎the ἡμετέρανour φύσινnatural endowment διαλλάττοντοςinterchange ἀρχομένηςto begin τῆςthe ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen ἐπιφανείςto display, show forth , τοιαῦταof such kind ἔδρασένto do, accomplish τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next πέπονθενto feel, suffer , οἷαsuch as, of what sort ταῖςthe προφητείαιςprophecies ἀκόλουθαfollowing ἦνto be , ἄνθρωπονman, person ὁμοῦtogether καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘεὸνGod ἐπιδημήσεινto be at home, visit τῷthe βίῳlife, livelihood παραδόξωνincredible ἔργωνwork, deed [Gen Pl N] ποιητὴνmaker καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe πᾶσινevery, all ἔθνεσινgentile, nation, people διδάσκαλονteacher τῆςthe τοῦthe πατρὸςfather εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion ἀναδειχθήσεσθαιto lift up τόthe τεand, both, if παράδοξονremarkable αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τῆςthe γενέσεωςgenealogy, kind, species, generation, origin καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the καινὴνnew διδασκαλίανteaching καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἔργωνwork, deed [Gen Pl N] τὰthe θαύματαwonder ἐπίon, upon, against τεand, both, if τούτοιςthese τοῦthe θανάτουdeath τὸνthe τρόπονway, manner, fashion τὴν‎the τεand, both, if ἐκout, out of νεκρῶνmortal, dead ἀνάστασινresurrection καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπὶon, upon, against πᾶσινevery, all τὴν‎the εἰςinto, unto, for οὐρανοὺςheaven But when their law became celebrated, and, like a sweet odor, was diffused among all men, as a result of their influence the dispositions of the majority of the heathen were softened by the lawgivers and philosophers who arose on every side, and their wild and savage brutality was changed into mildness, so that they enjoyed deep peace, friendship, and social association. Then, finally, at the time of the origin of the Roman Empire, there appeared again to all men and nations throughout the world, who had been, as it were, previously assisted, and were now fitted to receive the knowledge of the Father, that same teacher of virtue, the minister of the Father in all good things, the divine and heavenly Word of God, in a human body not at all differing in substance from our own. He did and suffered the things which had been prophesied. For it had been foretold that one who was at the same time man and God should come and dwell in the world, should perform wonderful works, and should show himself a teacher to all nations of the piety of the Father. The marvelous nature of his birth, and his new teaching, and his wonderful works had also been foretold; so likewise the manner of his death, his resurrection from the dead, and, finally, his divine ascension into heaven.
2-40 ἔνθεονinspired by God ἀποκατάστασινrestoration αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same προκηρυττούσαιςto proclaim publicly . τὴν‎the γοῦνtherefore, hence ἐπὶon, upon, against τέλειto end βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ΔανιὴλDaniel the; oh προφήτηςprophet θείῳsulphur; holy πνεύματιspirit, breath, wind συνορῶνto see, be aware , ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πῃhow?;, somewhere, anywhere ἐθεοφορεῖτοto deify , ἀνθρωπινώτερονmore human, more humane τὴν‎the θεοπτίανdivine vision ὑπογράφωνto write under · “ ἐθεώρουνto see, observe, behold γὰρfor, becauseφησίνto affirm, sayἕωςas far as, until, up to, even as οὗwhere; who, which, that θρόνοιthrone ἐτέθησανto place, put , καὶand, also, even, then, next παλαιὸςold ἡμερῶνday ἐκάθητοto sit down . καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe ἔνδυμαclothing αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ὡςas εἰ[Conj] if, since χιὼνsnow λευκόνwhite , καὶand, also, even, then, next the θρὶξhair, fur τῆςthe κεφαλῆςhead αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ὡςas εἰ[Conj] if, since ἔριονwool καθαρόνclean, pure · the; oh θρόνοςthrone, seat αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same φλὸξflame πυρόςfire, wheat , οἱthe τροχοὶwheel αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same πῦρfire φλέγονto burn, flame · ποταμὸςriver πυρὸςfire, wheat εἷλκενto draw ἔμπροσθενin front of, previous αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same . χίλιαι1000 χιλιάδεςthousand ἐλειτούργουνto minister αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next μύριαι10,000 μυριάδεςten thousands παρειστήκεισανto place beside, stand beside ἔμπροσθενin front of, previous αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same . κριτήριονlaw court ἐκάθισενto sit, appoint , καὶand, also, even, then, next βίβλοιbook ἠνεῴχθησανto open .” For instance, Daniel the prophet, under the influence of the divine Spirit, seeing his kingdom at the end of time, was inspired thus to describe the divine vision in language fitted to human comprehension: “For I beheld,” he says, “until thrones were placed, and the Ancient of Days did sit, whose garment was white as snow and the hair of his head like pure wool; his throne was a flame of fire and his wheels burning fire. A river of fire flowed before him. Thousand thousands ministered unto him, and ten thousand times ten thousand stood before him. He appointed judgment, and the books were opened.1
2-41 καὶand, also, even, then, next ἑξῆςafter, nextἐθεώρουνto see, observe, behold ,” φησίνto affirm, sayκαὶand, also, even, then, next ἰδοὺlook!, behold! μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τῶνthe νεφελῶνcloud τοῦthe οὐρανοῦheaven, sky ὡςas εἰ[Conj] if, since υἱὸςson ἀνθρώπουman ἐρχόμενοςto come, go , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἕωςas far as, until, up to, even as τοῦthe παλαιοῦold τῶνthe ἡμερῶνday ἔφθασενto come; excel, profit , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνώπιονbefore, in sight of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same προσηνέχθηto bring to, approach · καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἐδόθηto give the ἀρχὴbeginning, rule καὶand, also, even, then, next the τιμὴhonour, value καὶand, also, even, then, next the βασιλείαroyalty, kingdom , καὶand, also, even, then, next πάντεςevery, all οἱthe λαοὶpeoples φυλαὶtribes γλῶσσαιtongue αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same δουλεύσουσινto serve . the ἐξουσίαauthority αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἐξουσίαauthority αἰώνιοςeternal , ἥτιςwhoever, whichever οὐno, not παρελεύσεταιto proceed, go, depart · καὶand, also, even, then, next the βασιλείαroyalty, kingdom αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same οὐno, not διαφθαρήσεταιto spoil .” And again, “I saw,” says he, “and beheld, one like the Son of man came with the clouds of heaven, and he hastened unto the Ancient of Days and was brought into his presence, and there was given him the dominion and the glory and the kingdom; and all peoples, tribes, and tongues serve him. His dominion is an everlasting dominion which shall not pass away, and his kingdom shall not be destroyed.1
2-42 ταῦταthese (things) δὲbut, and, however σαφῶςclearly οὐδ᾽neither, never ἐφ᾽on, upon, over, by ἕτερονother, another, next , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸνthe ἡμέτερονour σωτῆραsaviour, deliverer , τὸνthe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀρχῇbeginning, ruler, office πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe ΘεὸνGod ΘεὸνGod λόγονstatement, word , ἀναφέροιτοto bring, carry up ἄνwhatever, wherever, whoever , υἱὸνson ἀνθρώπουman διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τὴν‎the ὑστάτηνlatter ἐνανθρώπησινto take on human form αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same χρηματίζονταto communicate . It is clear that these words can refer to no one else than to our Saviour, the God Word who was in the beginning with God, and who was called “Son of man” because of his final appearance in the flesh.
2-43 ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but γὰρfor, because ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to οἰκείοιςhousehold, relative ὑπομνήμασινa record, memorial τὰςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ΧριστοῦChrist προφητικὰςoracular, prophetic ἐκλογὰςselection συναγαγόντεςto gather ἀποδεικτικώτερόνmore provable τεand, both, if τὰthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same δηλούμεναto hurt; to make visible ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἑτέροιςother, another, next συστήσαντεςto set together, combine , τοῖςthe εἰρημένοιςto speak, talk, say ἐπὶon, upon, against τοῦthe παρόντοςto come here, be present ἀρκεσθησόμεθαto be content . But since we have collected in separate books the selections from the prophets which relate to our Saviour Jesus Christ, and have arranged in a more logical form those things which have been revealed concerning him, what has been said will suffice for the present.

Chapter 3

3-1 Ὅτιbecause, that for δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸhe, she, it, -self, same τοὔνομαnamed τοῦthe τεand, both, if ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua καὶand, also, even, then, next δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same τοῖςthe πάλαιformerly, long ago θεοφιλέσινbeloved of God προφήταιςprophet τετίμητοto honour, revere , ἤδηnow, already καιρὸςseason, time ἀποδεικνύναιto point out . It is now the proper place to show that the very name Jesus and also the name Christ were honoured by the ancient prophets beloved of God.
3-2 σεπτὸνaugust ὡςas ἔνιto be there; some; in/on μάλισταespecially, most of all, particularly καὶand, also, even, then, next ἔνδοξονhonoured, glorious τὸthe ΧριστοῦChrist ὄνομαname πρῶτοςfirst αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same γνωρίσαςto make known ΜωυσῆςMoses τύπουςcopy, type, example, pattern οὐρανίωνheavenly καὶand, also, even, then, next σύμβολαsign, seal μυστηριώδειςmysterious τεand, both, if εἰκόναςlikeness, image ἀκολούθωςconsistently χρησμῷoracle φήσαντιto say, affirm αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, sameὅραto see, watch, consider , ποιήσειςto do, make πάνταevery, all κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe τύπονtype, pattern, example, mark τὸνthe δειχθένταto show σοιyou ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῷthe ὄρειmountain1 παραδούςto give over , ἀρχιερέαchief priest, high priest ΘεοῦGod , ὡςas ἐνῆνas possible μάλισταespecially, most of all, particularly δυνατὸνstrong ἄνθρωπονman, person , ἐπιφημίσαςto accuse, assign to , τοῦτονthis ΧριστὸνChrist ἀναγορεύειto proclaim publicly , καὶand, also, even, then, next ταύτῃthis γεindeed, doubtless, yet τῇthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the ἀρχιερωσύνηνhigh priesthood ἀξίᾳworth, value , πᾶσανevery, all ὑπερβαλλούσῃto surpass, exceed παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τὴν‎the ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans προεδρίανhighest ranking position , ἐπὶon, upon, against τιμῇvalue, honour καὶand, also, even, then, next δόξῃNoun: glory; Verb: to think τὸthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist περιτίθησινto place around, confer, bestow ὄνομαname · Moses was the first to make known the name of Christ as a name especially august and glorious. When he delivered types and symbols of heavenly things, and mysterious images, in accordance with the oracle which said to him, “Look that you make all things according to the pattern which was shown you in the mount,”1 he consecrated a man high priest of God, in so far as that was possible, and him he called Christ. And thus to this dignity of the high priesthood, which in his opinion surpassed the most honourable position among men, he attached for the sake of honour and glory the name of Christ.
3-3 οὕτωςthus, so, this way ἄραthen, therefore, perhaps τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist θεῖόνdivine τιanything, something χρῆμαmoney ἠπίστατοto know, understand . the; oh δ᾽but, and, however, now αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua προσηγορίανname, naming εὖgood, well μάλαcertainly, very πνεύματιspirit, breath, wind θείῳsulphur; holy προϊδὼνto foresee πάλινagain, back ἐπιστρέψαςto turn τινὸςsomeone, something ἐξαιρέτουexcepted, excellent προνομίαςprivilege καὶand, also, even, then, next ταύτηνthis ἀξιοῖworthy . οὔποτεnever γοῦνtherefore, hence πρότερονbefore, previous ἐκφωνηθὲνto cry out εἰςinto, unto, for ἀνθρώπουςman , πρὶνbefore, prior or, either, than; +πριν=before ΜωυσεῖMoses γνωσθῆναιto know , τὸthe τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua πρόσρημαan address, greeting τούτῳthis ΜωυσῆςMoses πρώτῳfirst καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνῳonly, alone περιτίθησινto place around, confer, bestow , ὃνwhom, which, that κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τύπονtype, pattern, example, mark αὖθιςback again καὶand, also, even, then, next σύμβολονtoken ἔγνωto know μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὴν‎the αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τελευτὴνend, death, limit διαδεξόμενονto receive in turn; to show plainly He knew so well that in Christ was something divine. And the same one foreseeing, under the influence of the divine Spirit, the name Jesus, dignified it also with a certain distinguished privilege. For the name of Jesus, which had never been uttered among men before the time of Moses, he applied first and only to the one who he knew would receive after his death, again as a type and symbol, the supreme command.
3-4 τὴν‎the κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along πάντωνevery, all ἀρχήνbeginning; ruler . οὐno, not πρότερονbefore, previous γοῦνtherefore, hence τὸνthe αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same διάδοχονa successor , τῇthe τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua κεχρημένονto use, employ προσηγορίᾳname, naming , ὀνόματιto name, call δὲbut, and, however ἑτέρῳother, another, next τῷthe ΑὐσῆAuses , ὅπερthe thing which οἱthe γεννήσαντεςto give birth αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τέθεινταιto put, set, place , καλούμενονto call, name , ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἀναγορεύειto proclaim publicly , γέραςhonour, prize, reward ὥσπερjust as τίμιονvaluable , παντὸςevery, all πολὺmany, much μεῖζονgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) βασιλικοῦroyal διαδήματοςdiadem , τοὔνομαnamed αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same δωρούμενοςto give , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same the; oh τοῦthe ΝαυῆNave, i.e., Nun ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us τὴν‎the εἰκόναlikeness, image ἔφερενto bring, carry , τοῦthe μόνουonly, alone μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ΜωυσέαMoses καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe συμπέρασμαfinishing, end τῆςthe δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐκείνουthat παραδοθείσηςto deliver, hand over συμβολικῆςsymbolic λατρείαςdivine service , τῆςthe ἀληθοῦςtrue καὶand, also, even, then, next καθαρωτάτηςcleanest, clearest εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion τὴν‎the ἀρχὴνrule, beginning διαδεξαμένουto receive in turn; to show plainly . His successor, therefore, who had not hitherto borne the name Jesus, but had been called by another name, Auses, which had been given him by his parents, he now called Jesus, bestowing the name upon him as a gift of honour, far greater than any kingly diadem. For Jesus himself, the son of Nave,1bore a resemblance to our Saviour in the fact that he alone, after Moses and after the completion of the symbolic worship2which had been transmitted by him, succeeded to the government of the true and pure religion.
1In the LXX of Numbers 13:16-17 (which relates the changing of the name of Hoshea, son of Nun, to Joshua) the name Hoshea is spelled Αὐσής (Auses), Joshua is spelled Ἰησοῦς (Jesus), and Nun is spelled Ναυή (Nave).
2i.e., the Jewish worship symbolized the future Christianity.
3-5 καὶand, also, even, then, next ΜωυσῆςMoses μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ταύτῃthis πῃhow?;, somewhere, anywhere δυσὶboth, two τοῖςthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἀρετῇvirtue καὶand, also, even, then, next δόξῃNoun: glory; Verb: to think παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along πάνταevery, all τὸνthe λαὸνpeople προφέρουσινto bring before ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans , τῷthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἀρχιερεῖchief priest, high priest , τῷthe δὲbut, and, however μετ᾽+G=with; +A=after αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἡγησομένῳto go before, lead the way , τὴν‎the τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ΧριστοῦChrist προσηγορίανname, naming ἐπὶon, upon, against τιμῇvalue, honour τῇthe μεγίστῃgreatest (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) περιτέθειταιto place around, confer, bestow · Thus Moses bestowed the name of our Saviour, Jesus Christ, as a mark of the highest honour, upon the two men who in his time surpassed all the rest of the people in virtue and glory; namely, upon the high priest and upon his own successor in the government.
3-6 σαφῶςclearly δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next οἱthe μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ταῦταthese (things) προφῆταιprophet ὀνομαστὶby name τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist προανεφώνουνto pronounce before , ὁμοῦtogether τὴν‎the μέλλουσανto intend, be about to ἔσεσθαιto be κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same συσκευὴνintrigue, plot τοῦthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews λαοῦpeople , ὁμοῦtogether δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the τῶνthe ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same κλῆσινcalling προμαρτυρόμενοιto predict , τοτὲthen μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like ἹερεμίαςJeremiah λέγωνto speak, talk, sayπνεῦμαspirit, breath, wind προσώπουface ἡμῶνour, of us ΧριστὸςChrist κύριοςlord συνελήφθηto catch, capture, arrest ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ταῖςthe διαφθοραῖςdestruction αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same , οὗwhere; who, which, that εἴπομενto speak, talk, sayἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῇthe σκιᾷshadow, shade αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ζησόμεθαto live, be alive ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe ἔθνεσινgentile, nation, people ,' ” τοτὲthen δὲbut, and, however ἀμηχανῶνimpossible ΔαυὶδDavid διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τούτωνtheseἵναin order that, so that τίwho? what?, someone, something ἐφρύαξανto rage, snort ἔθνηgentile, nation καὶand, also, even, then, next λαοὶpeoples ἐμελέτησανto meditate κενάempty, vain (thing) ; παρέστησανto stand beside, prove, show, assist οἱthe βασιλεῖςking τῆςthe γῆςearth, ground, land , καὶand, also, even, then, next οἱthe ἄρχοντεςleader, ruler, prince συνήχθησανto assemble, hold together ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸthe αὐτόhe, she, it, -self, same κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦthe κυρίουlord καὶand, also, even, then, next κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, same ”· οἷςwho, which ἑξῆςafter, next ἐπιλέγειto choose ἐξout, out of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore προσώπουface τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChristκύριοςlord εἶπενto speak, talk, say πρός+G=to advantage; +D=at, near; +A=to, toward, with μεmeυἱόςson μουmy, of me εἶto be σύyou , ἐγὼI σήμερονtoday, this day γεγέννηκάto beget σεyou . αἴτησαιto ask for παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἐμοῦme, my, mine , καὶand, also, even, then, next δώσωto give σοιyou ἔθνηgentile, nation τὴν‎the κληρονομίανinheritance σουyou, your , καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the κατάσχεσίνoccupancy, possession σουyou, your τὰthe πέραταends τῆςthe γῆςearth, ground, land .' ” And the prophets that came after also clearly foretold Christ by name, predicting at the same time the plots which the Jewish people would form against him, and the calling of the nations through him. Jeremiah, for instance, speaks as follows: “The Spirit before our face, Christ the Lord, was taken in their destructions; of whom we said, under his shadow we shall live among the nations.”1 And David, in perplexity, says, “Why did the nations rage and the people imagine vain things? the kings of the earth set themselves in array, and the rulers were gathered together against the Lord and against his Christ2to which he adds, in the person of Christ himself, “The Lord said to me, ‘You are my Son, this day have I begotten you. Ask of me, and I will give you the nations for your inheritance, and the uttermost parts of the earth for your possession.' ”3
3-7 οὐno, not μόνουςonly, alone δὲbut, and, however ἄραthen, therefore, perhaps τοὺςthe ἀρχιερωσύνῃthe high priesthood τετιμημένουςto honour, revere , ἐλαίῳolive oil σκευαστῷartificial τοῦthe συμβόλουsign, seal χριομένουςto proclaim; to touch ἕνεκαfor sake of, because , τὸthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist κατεκόσμειto arrange παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἙβραίοιςHebrews ὄνομαname , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καιand, also, even, then, next τοὺςthe βασιλέαςking , οὓςwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same νεύματιnod, wink θείῳsulphur; holy προφῆταιprophet χρίοντεςto supply εἰκονικούςcopied τιναςsomeone, something χριστοὺςanointed ἀπειργάζοντοto finish, complete , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτοὶhe, she, it, self, same τῆςthe τοῦthe μόνουonly, alone καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀληθοῦςtrue ΧριστοῦChrist , τοῦthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along πάντωνevery, all βασιλεύοντοςto reign θείουsulphur; divine, godlike, god λόγουword, statement , βασιλικῆςking καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀρχικῆςroyal ἐξουσίαςauthority τοὺςthe τύπουςcopy, type, example, pattern δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἑαυτῶνthemselves ἔφερονto bring . And not only those who were honoured with the high priesthood, and who for the sake of the symbol were anointed with especially prepared oil, were adorned with the name of Christ among the Hebrews, but also the kings whom the prophets anointed under the influence of the divine Spirit, and thus constituted, as it were, typical Christs. For they also bore in their own persons types of the royal and sovereign power of the true and only Christ, the divine Word who rules over all.
3-8 ἤδηnow, already δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same τῶνthe προφητῶνprophet τινὰςsomeone, something διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of χρίσματοςunction χριστοὺςanointed ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τύπωνmark γεγονέναιto become, come to be παρειλήφαμενto receive from , ὡςas τούτουςthis ἅπανταςall, every, whole τὴν‎the ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸνthe ἀληθῆtruth, truthful χριστόνanointed one , τὸνthe ἔνθεονinspired by God καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐράνιονheavenly λόγονstatement, word , ἀναφορὰνheave or wave offering ἔχεινto have, hold , μόνονonly, alone ἀρχιέρεαchief priest τῶνthe ὅλωνall, whole καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνονonly, alone ἁπάσηςall, whole κτίσεωςcreation βασιλέαking καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνονonly, alone προφητῶνprophet ἀρχιπροφήτηνchief prophet τοῦthe πατρὸςfather τυγχάνονταto meet . And we have been told also that certain of the prophets themselves became, by the act of anointing, Christs in type, so that all these have reference to the true Christ, the divinely inspired and heavenly Word, who is the only high priest of all, and the only King of every creature, and the Father's only supreme prophet of prophets.
3-9 τούτουthis δ᾽but, and, however, now ἀπόδειξιςproof τὸthe μηδέναno one, nothing πωuntil now τῶνthe πάλαιformerly, long ago διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦthe συμβόλουsign, seal κεχρισμένωνto anoint , μήτεneither ..nor ἱερέωνpriest μήτεneither ..nor βασιλέωνking μήτεneither ..nor μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely προφητῶνprophet , τοσαύτηνso great, so much ἀρετῆςpraise, virtue ἐνθέουinspired δύναμινability, strength κτήσασθαιto get, obtain , ὅσηνas great as the; oh σωτὴρsaviour καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριοςlord ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua the; oh μόνοςonly, alone καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀληθινὸςtrue ΧριστὸςChrist ἐπιδέδεικταιto exhibit as a specimen . And a proof of this is that no one of those who were of old symbolically anointed, whether priests, or kings, or prophets, possessed so great a power of inspired virtue as was exhibited by our Saviour and Lord Jesus, the true and only Christ.
3-10 οὐδείςno one, none, nothing γέyet, doubtless, indeed, also τοιand yet, surely ἐκείνωνthat , καίπερand yet, although ἀξιώματιsomething worthy καὶand, also, even, then, next τιμῇvalue, honour ἐπὶon, upon, against πλείσταιςvery great, most ὅσαιςall who; great as, many as, etc. γενεαῖςgeneration παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῖςthe οἰκείοιςhousehold, relative διαλαμψάντωνto shine through , τοὺςthe ὑπηκόουςsubject πώποτεat any time ἐκout, out of τῆςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same εἰκονικῆςcopied τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist προσρήσεωςname, adressing ΧριστιανοὺςChristians ἐπεφήμισενto dedicate to God · ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐδὲneither, nor, never σεβάσμιόςreverend, august τινιsomeone, something τούτωνthese πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τῶνthe ὑπηκόωνsubject, obedient ὑπῆρξεto exist, belong τιμήhonour, value, precious · ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐδὲneither, nor, never μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὴν‎the τελευτὴνend, death, limit τοσαύτηso great, so much διάθεσιςsituation , ὡςas καὶand, also, even, then, next ὑπεραποθνῄσκεινto die for ἑτοίμωςreadily, ready, prepared ἔχεινto have, hold τοῦthe τιμωμένουto honour · ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐδὲneither, nor, never πάντωνevery, all τῶνthe ἀνὰby, each, respectively τὴν‎the οἰκουμένηνinhabited world ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τιναsomeone, something τῶνthe τότεthen τοσαύτηso great, so much γέγονεto become, come to be κίνησιςmotion, moving , ἐπεὶsince, because, when, after μηδὲand not, but not; neither … nor τοσοῦτονso great, so large ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἐκείνοιςthat the τοῦthe συμβόλουsign, seal δύναμιςability, power οἵαsuch as τεand, both, if ἦνto be ἐνεργεῖνto be effective, active , ὅσονas long, as much, all the τῆςthe ἀληθείαςThummim, truth παράστασιςmagnificence διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἐνδεικνυμένηto indicate, show · None of them at least, however superior in dignity and honour they may have been for many generations among their own people, ever gave to their followers the name of Christians from their own typical name of Christ. Neither was divine honour ever rendered to any one of them by their subjects; nor after their death was the disposition of their followers such that they were ready to die for the one whom they honoured. And never did so great a commotion arise among all the nations of the earth in respect to any one of that age; for the mere symbol could not act with such power among them as the truth itself which was exhibited by our Saviour.
3-11 ὃςwho, which, that οὔτεneither, nor, and not σύμβολαsign, seal καὶand, also, even, then, next τύπουςcopy, type, example, pattern ἀρχιερωσύνηςhigh-priesthood παρά+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τουof whom λαβώνto take, receive , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐδὲneither, nor, never γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type τὸthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around σῶμαbody ἐξout, out of ἱερωμένωνto be a priest κατάγωνto lead down , οὐδ᾽neither, never ἀνδρῶνmale, man, husband δορυφορίαιςbodyguard ἐπὶon, upon, against βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom προαχθεὶςto go forward οὐδὲneither, nor, never μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely προφήτηςprophet ὁμοίωςsimilarly, likewise τοῖςthe πάλαιformerly, long ago γενόμενοςto become, come to be , οὐδ᾽neither, never ἀξίαςworth, value ὅλωςutterly, completely than, either, or τινοςsomeone, something παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἸουδαίοιςJews τυχὸνperhaps προεδρίαςhighest ranking position , ὅμωςeven, at the same time τοῖςthe πᾶσινevery, all , εἰ[Conj] if, since καὶand, also, even, then, next μὴno, not τοῖςthe συμβόλοιςsign, token , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but He, although he received no symbols and types of high priesthood from any one, although he was not born of a race of priests, although he was not elevated to a kingdom by military guards, although he was not a prophet like those of old, although he obtained no honour nor pre-eminence among the Jews, nevertheless was adorned by the Father with all, if not with the symbols, yet with the truth itself.
3-12 αὐτῇhe, she, it, -self, same γεindeed, doubtless, yet τῇthe ἀληθείᾳtruth παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῦthe πατρὸςfather κεκόσμητοto arrange , οὐχno, not, no indeed ὁμοίωνlike δ᾽but, and, however, now οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore οἷςwho, which προειρήκαμενto predict, say before , τυχώνto obtain , πάντωνevery, all ἐκείνωνthat καὶand, also, even, then, next ΧριστὸςChrist μᾶλλονmore ἀνηγόρευταιto proclaim publicly , καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever μόνοςonly, alone καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀληθὴςtruthful αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ὢνto be the; oh ΧριστὸςChrist τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod , ΧριστιανῶνChristians τὸνthe πάνταevery, all κόσμονworld, honour , τῆςthe ὄντωςreally, indeed σεμνῆςvenerable καὶand, also, even, then, next ἱερᾶςsacred αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same προσηγορίαςname, naming , κατέπλησενto fill full , οὐκέτιno longer, no more τύπουςcopy, type, example, pattern οὐδὲneither, nor, never εἰκόναςlikeness, image , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but αὐτὰςshe, -self, same γυμνὰςnaked ἀρετὰςpraises, virtues καὶand, also, even, then, next βίονlife, livelihood οὐράνιονheavenly αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same ἀληθείαςThummim, truth δόγμασινdecree τοῖςthe θιασώταιςmember of a (group) παραδούςto give over , And therefore, although he did not possess like honours with those whom we have mentioned, he is called Christ more than all of them. And as himself the true and only Christ of God, he has filled the whole earth with the truly august and sacred name of Christians, committing to his followers no longer types and images, but the uncovered virtues themselves, and a heavenly life in the very doctrines of truth.
3-13 τόthe τεand, both, if χρῖσμαanointing, unction , οὐno, not τὸthe διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of σωμάτωνbody, corpse, carcase 1 σκευαστόνartificial , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but αὐτὸhe, she, it, -self, same δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore πνεύματιspirit, breath, wind θείῳsulphur; holy τὸthe θεοπρεπέςrevered, godly , μετοχῇsharing τῆςthe ἀγεννήτουunborn καὶand, also, even, then, next πατρικῆςpaternal, ancestral θεότητοςgodhead, divinity ἀπειλήφειto take or receive from another · who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸhe, she, it, -self, same πάλινagain, back ἐπιστρέψαςto turn ἩσαΐαςIsaiah διδάσκειto teach , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἐξout, out of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like ἀναβοῶνto shout aloud τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChristπνεῦμαspirit, breath, wind κυρίουlord ἐπ᾽on, upon, against ἐμέme , οὗwhere; who, which, that εἵνεκενbecause of, on account of ἔχρισένto anoint μεme · εὐαγγελίσασθαιto preach the gospel πτωχοῖςpoor ἀπέσταλκένto send forth μεme , κηρῦξαιto herald αἰχμαλώτοιςto take prisoner ἄφεσινrelease, forgiveness καὶand, also, even, then, next τυφλοῖςblind ἀνάβλεψινto look up, gain sight .” And he was not anointed with oil prepared from material substances,1but, as befits divinity, with the divine Spirit himself, by participation in the unbegotten deity of the Father. And this is taught also again by Isaiah, who exclaims, as if in the person of Christ himself, “The Spirit of the Lord is upon me; therefore has he anointed me. He has sent me to preach the Gospel to the poor, to proclaim deliverance to captives, and recovery of sight to the blind.”
1if ἀρωμάτων is read for σωμάτων it could read as “with spices.”
3-14 καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐno, not μόνοςonly, alone γεindeed, doubtless, yet ἩσαΐαςIsaiah , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καὶand, also, even, then, next ΔαυὶδDavid εἰςinto, unto, for τὸthe αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same πρόσωπονface, surface ἀναφωνεῖto call aloud λέγωνto speak, talk, saythe; oh θρόνοςthrone, seat σουyou, your , the; oh ΘεόςGod , εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe αἰῶναage, eternity τοῦthe αἰῶνοςage, eternal · ῥάβδοιςrod, sceptre, staff εὐθύτητοςrighteousness the ῥάβδοιςrod, sceptre, staff τῆςthe βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen σουyou, your . ἠγάπησαςto love δικαιοσύνηνrighteousness καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐμίσησαςto hate ἀνομίανiniquity, lawlessness · διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦτοthis ἔχρισένto anoint σεyou the; oh ΘεόςGod , the; oh ΘεόςGod σουyou, your ἔλαιονolive oil ἀγαλλιάσεωςexultation παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοὺςthe μετόχουςpartners σουyou, your ”· ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to οἷςwho, which the; oh λόγοςstatement, word ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τῷthe πρώτῳfirst στίχῳline of verse ΘεὸνGod αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἐπιφημίζειto accuse , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to δὲbut, and, however τῷthe δευτέρῳsecond, again σκήπτρῳsceptre βασιλικῷroyal τιμᾷto honour , And not only Isaiah, but also David addresses him, saying, “Your throne, O God, is forever and ever. A scepter of equity is the scepter of your kingdom. You have loved righteousness and have hated iniquity. Therefore God, your God, has anointed you with the oil of gladness above your fellows.” Here the Scripture calls him God in the first verse, in the second it honours him with a royal scepter.
3-15 εἶθ᾽then; if only! ἑξῆςafter, next ὑποβὰςto stand under μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὴν‎the ἔνθεονinspired by God καὶand, also, even, then, next βασιλικὴνroyal δύναμινability, strength τρίτῃthird τάξειorder, arrangement ΧριστὸνChrist αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same γεγονόταto become, come to be , ἐλαίῳolive oil οὐno, not τῷthe ἐξout, out of ὕληςforest σωμάτωνbody, corpse, carcase , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but τῷthe ἐνθέῳinspired by God τῆςthe ἀγαλλιάσεωςexultation ἠλειμμένονto anoint , παρίστησινto stand beside · παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe ἐξαίρετονpicked out, special, excepted αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next πολὺmany, much κρεῖττονbetter καὶand, also, even, then, next διάφορονdifferent τῶνthe πάλαιformerly, long ago διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τῶνthe εἰκόνωνlikeness, image σωματικώτερονmore bodily, more material κεχρισμένωνto anoint ὑποσημαίνειto intimate .1 Then a little further on, after the divine and royal power, it represents him in the third place as having become Christ, being anointed not with oil made of material substances, but with the divine oil of gladness. It thus indicates his special honour, far superior to and different from that of those who, as types, were of old anointed in a more material way.1
1Eusebius means that this is the significance of “above thy fellows.”
3-16 καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀλλαχοῦanother way δὲbut, and, however the; oh αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like τὰthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same δηλοῖto indicate, signify λέγωνto speak, talk, sayεἶπενto speak, talk, say the; oh κύριοςlord τῷthe κυρίῳlord μουmy, of me · ‘κάθουto sit ἐκout, out of δεξιῶνright side, right hand μουmy, of me , ἕωςas far as, until, up to, even as ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever θῶto put, place τοὺςthe ἐχθρούςhateful, enemy σουyou, your ὑποπόδιονfootstool τῶνthe ποδῶνfoot σουyou, your ,' ” καὶand, also, even, then, nextἐκout, out of γαστρὸςbelly, womb πρὸbefore ἑωσφόρουmorning (star) ἐγέννησάto give birth to σεyou . ὤμοσενto swear κύριοςlord καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐno, not μεταμεληθήσεταιto repent · σὺyou εἶto be ἱερεὺςpriest εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe αἰῶναage, eternity κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the τάξινproper order ΜελχισεδέκMelchizedek.” And elsewhere the same writer speaks of him as follows: “The Lord said to my Lord, Sit at my right hand until I make your enemies your footstool; and, Out of the womb, before the morning star, have I begotten you. The Lord has sworn and he will not repent. You are a priest forever after the order of Melchizedek.”
3-17 οὗτοςthus, so, this δὲbut, and, however εἰσάγεταιto lead into ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe ἱεροῖςholy, sacred λόγοιςstatement, word the; oh ΜελχισεδὲκMelchizedek ἱερεὺςpriest τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod τοῦthe χάριτιgrace , οὐκno, not ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to σκευαστῷartificial τινιsomeone, something χρίσματιanointing (substance) ἀναδεδειγμένοςto exhibit, display , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐδὲneither, nor, never διαδοχῇsuccession γένουςgeneration, family, race, nation, kind προσήκωνto be present τῇthe καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ἙβραίουςHebrews ἱερωσύνῃpriesthood · δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of who, which, that κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τάξινproper order , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐno, not κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the τῶνthe ἄλλωνother σύμβολαsign, seal καὶand, also, even, then, next τύπουςcopy, type, example, pattern ἀνειληφότωνto take up ΧριστὸςChrist καὶand, also, even, then, next ἱερεὺςpriest μετ᾽+G=with; +A=after ὅρκουoath παραλήψεωςsuccession to But this Melchizedek is introduced in the Holy Scriptures as a priest of the most high God, not consecrated by any anointing oil, especially prepared, and not even belonging by descent to the priesthood of the Jews. Wherefore after his order, but not after the order of the others, who received symbols and types, was our Saviour proclaimed, with an appeal to an oath, Christ and priest.
3-18 the; oh σωτὴρsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἀνηγόρευταιto proclaim publicly · ὅθενby which, from where, from which οὐδὲneither, nor, never σωματικῶςbodily παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἸουδαίοιςJews χρισθένταto anoint αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same the ἱστορίαinquiry παραδίδωσινto give over , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐδ᾽neither, never ἐκout, out of φυλῆςtribe τῶνthe ἱερωμένωνto be a priest γενόμενονto become, come to be , ἐξout, out of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same δὲbut, and, however ΘεοῦGod πρὸbefore ἑωσφόρουmorning (star) μένindeed, on the other hand , τοῦτ᾽this ἐστὶνto be πρὸbefore τῆςthe τοῦthe κόσμουadornment, world συστάσεωςact of coming into existence , οὐσιωμένονto cause to exist , ἀθάνατονimmortal δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀγήρωnot waxing old, undecaying τὴν‎the ἱερωσύνηνpriesthood εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe ἄπειρονinexperienced, unacquainted with αἰῶναage, eternity διακατέχονταto hold fast . History, therefore, does not relate that he was anointed corporeally by the Jews, nor that he belonged to the lineage of priests, but that he came into existence from God himself before the morning star, that is before the organization of the world, and that he obtained an immortal and undecaying priesthood for eternal ages.
3-19 τῆςthe δ᾽but, and, however, now εἰςinto, unto, for αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same γενομένηςto become, come to be ἀσωμάτουbodiless, immaterial 1 καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνθέουinspired χρίσεωςanointing μέγαgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐναργὲςclear, evident, visible τεκμήριονpositive proof τὸthe μόνονonly, alone αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἐξout, out of ἁπάντωνall things τῶνthe πώποτεat any time εἰςinto, unto, for ἔτιever, any longer, yet καὶand, also, even, then, next νῦνnow; mouse παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along πᾶσινevery, all ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὅλουwhole τοῦthe κόσμουadornment, world ΧριστὸνChrist ἐπιφημίζεσθαιto accuse, assign to ὁμολογεῖσθαίto confess, promise τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next μαρτυρεῖσθαιto witness, give evidence πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ἁπάντωνall things ἐπὶon, upon, against τῇthe προσηγορίᾳname, naming παρά+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τεand, both, if ἝλλησιGreek καὶand, also, even, then, next βαρβάροιςbarbarians, barbarous μνημονεύεσθαιto remember , καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰςinto, unto, for ἔτιever, any longer, yet νῦνnow; mouse παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῖςthe ἀνὰby, each, respectively τὴν‎the οἰκουμένηνinhabited world αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same θιασώταιςmember of a (group) τιμᾶσθαιto honour, revere μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ὡςas βασιλέαking , θαυμάζεσθαιto wonder, marvel δὲbut, and, however ὑπὲρ+ GEN = in behalf of, instead of; + ACC = over, above, beyond προφήτηνprophet , δοξάζεσθαίto think, imagine τεand, both, if ὡςas ἀληθῆtruth, truthful καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνονonly, alone ΘεοῦGod ἀρχιερέαchief priest, high priest , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπὶon, upon, against πᾶσιevery, all τούτοιςthese , οἷαsuch as, of what sort ΘεοῦGod λόγονstatement, word προόνταto exist before καὶand, also, even, then, next πρὸbefore αἰώνωνeternal ἁπάντωνall things οὐσιωμένονto cause to exist τὴν‎the τεand, both, if σεβάσμιονreverend, august τιμὴνhonour, value παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῦthe πατρὸςfather ὑπειληφόταto take up by getting under , καὶand, also, even, then, next προσκυνεῖσθαιto worship, do obeisance ὡςas ΘεόνGod · But it is a great and convincing proof of his incorporeal1and divine unction that he alone of all those who have ever existed is even to the present day called Christ by all men throughout the world, and is confessed and witnessed to under this name, and is commemorated both by Greeks and Barbarians and even to this day is honoured as a King by his followers throughout the world, and is admired as more than a prophet, and is glorified as the true and only high priest of God. And besides all this, as the pre-existent Word of God, called into being before all ages, he has received august honour from the Father, and is worshipped as God.
1The use of the word ἀσωμάτου as a technical term meaning “immaterial” has a long history, but it was popularized in Christian metaphysics, especially by Origen.
3-20 τόthe γεindeed, doubtless, yet μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely πάντωνevery, all παραδοξότατονincredibly , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μὴno, not φωναῖςnoise, sound, voice αὐτὸhe, she, it, -self, same μόνονonly, alone καὶand, also, even, then, next ῥημάτωνword ψόφοιςsound, noise αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same γεραίρομενto honour, reward οἱthe καθωσιωμένοιto dedicate αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καὶand, also, even, then, next πάσῃevery, all διαθέσειdisposition ψυχῆςsoul, life , ὡςas καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same προτιμᾶνto honour τῆςthe ἑαυτῶνthemselves ζωῆςlife τὴν‎the εἰςinto, unto, for αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same μαρτυρίανtestimony . But most wonderful of all is the fact that we who have consecrated ourselves to him, honour him not only with our voices and with the sound of words, but also with complete elevation of soul, so that we choose to give testimony unto him rather than to preserve our own lives.

Chapter 4

4-1 Ταῦταthese (things) μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore ἀναγκαίωςnecessary πρὸbefore τῆςthe ἱστορίαςhistory, story ἐνταῦθάhere, in this place; soon μοιme, my κείσθωto be present; to recline , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever μὴno, not νεώτερόνnewer τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing εἶναιto be νομίσειενto suppose τὸνthe σωτῆραsaviour, deliverer καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριονlord ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοὺςthe τῆςthe ἐνσάρκουof flesh πολιτείαςcitizenship αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same χρόνουςtime . I have of necessity prefaced my history with these matters in order that no one, judging from the date of his incarnation, may think that our Saviour and Lord Jesus, the Christ, has but recently come into being.
4-2 ἵναin order that, so that δὲbut, and, however μηδὲand not, but not; neither … nor τὴν‎the διδασκαλίανteaching αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same νέανnew εἶναιto be καὶand, also, even, then, next ξένηνforeign, foreigner , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under νέουnew, young καὶand, also, even, then, next μηδὲνno one, nothing τοὺςthe λοιποὺςremainder διαφέροντοςto carry over ἀνθρώπουςman συστήσαντεςto set together, combine , ὑπονοήσειένto suspect τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing , φέρεto move, carry , βραχέαshort, little καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τούτουthis διαλάβωμενto comprehend . But that no one may suppose that his doctrine is new and strange, as if it were framed by a man of recent origin, differing in no respect from other men, let us now briefly consider this point also.
4-3 τῆςthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. γὰρfor, because τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ΧριστοῦChrist παροιμίαιproverb νεωστὶrecently πᾶσινevery, all ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans ἐπιλαμψάσηςto shine out , νέονnew, young ὁμολογουμένωςwithout controversy ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people , οὐno, not μικρὸνsmall, few οὐδ᾽neither, never ἀσθενὲςimpotent, weakness οὐδ᾽neither, never ἐπὶon, upon, against γωνίαςcorner ποιwhere, somewhere γῆςearth, ground, land ἱδρυμένονto make to sit down, to seat , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καὶand, also, even, then, next πάντωνevery, all τῶνthe ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people πολυανθρωπότατόνgreatly populous τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next θεοσεβέστατονmost religious ταύτῃthis τεand, both, if ἀνώλεθρονindestructible καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀήττητονunconquered , who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰςinto, unto, for ἀεὶalways, ever τῆςthe παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ΘεοῦGod βοηθείαςhelp τυγχάνειto happen, meet , χρόνωνtime προθεσμίαιςpreviously appointed ἀρρήτοιςunsaid, unspeakable ἀθρόωςcrowdedly οὕτωςthus, so, this way ἀναπέφηνενto discover, appear , τὸthe παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῖςthe πᾶσιevery, all τῇthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist προσηγορίᾳname, naming τετιμημένονto value, honour . It is admitted that when in recent times the appearance of our Saviour Jesus Christ had become known to all men there immediately made its appearance a new nation; a nation confessedly not small, and not dwelling in some corner of the earth, but the most numerous and pious of all nations, indestructible and unconquerable, because it always receives assistance from God. This nation, thus suddenly appearing at the time appointed by the inscrutable counsel of God, is the one which has been honoured by all with the name of Christ.
4-4 τοῦτοthis καὶand, also, even, then, next προφητῶνprophet κατεπλάγηto strike down τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing , θείουsulphur; divine, godlike, god πνεύματοςspirit, breath, wind ὀφθαλμῷeye τὸthe μέλλονto intend, be about to ἔσεσθαιto be προθεωρήσαςto see beforhand , ὡςas καὶand, also, even, then, next τάδεthis ἀναφθέγξασθαιto call out aloudτίςwho?, what? Why?; +enclitic=someone, something ἤκουσενto hear τοιαῦταof such kind , καὶand, also, even, then, next τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing ἐλάλησενto speak, talk, say οὕτωςthus, so, this way ; εἰ[Conj] if, since ὤδινενto labour, be in pain γῆearth, ground ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to μιᾷone ἡμέρᾳday , καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰ[Conj] if, since ἐτέχθηto be born ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people εἰςinto, unto, for ἅπαξonce .” ὑποσημαίνειto intimate δέbut, and, however πωςperhaps, somehow, something like καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the μέλλουσανto intend, be about to the; oh αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same προσηγορίανname, naming , λέγωνto speak, talk, sayτοῖςthe δὲbut, and, however δουλεύουσίνto serve μοιme, my κληθήσεταιto call ὄνομαname καινόνnew , who, which, that εὐλογηθήσεταιto bless ἐπὶon, upon, against τῆςthe γῆςearth, ground, land .” One of the prophets, when he saw beforehand with the eye of the Divine Spirit that which was to be, was so astonished at it that he cried out, “Who has heard of such things, and who has spoken thus? Hath the earth brought forth in one day, and has a nation been born at once?1 and the same prophet gives a hint also of the name by which the nation was to be called, when he says, “Those who serve me shall be called by a new name, which shall be blessed upon the earth.”2
4-5 ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but εἰ[Conj] if, since καὶand, also, even, then, next νέοιnew, young σαφῶςclearly ἡμεῖςwe, us καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦτοthis καινὸνnew ὄντωςreally, indeed ὄνομαname τὸthe ΧριστιανῶνChristians ἀρτίωςright now παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along πᾶσινevery, all ἔθνεσινgentile, nation, people γνωρίζεταιto know, reveal , the; oh βίοςlife, livelihood δ᾽but, and, however, now οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore ὅμωςeven, at the same time καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe ἀγωγῆςdeportment the; oh τρόποςmanner, way αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion δόγμασινdecree ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μὴno, not ἔναγχοςjust now, lately ὑφ᾽+G=by; +A=under ἡμῶνour, of us ἐπιπέπλασταιto spread (plaster) , ἐκout, out of πρώτηςfirst, former δ᾽but, and, however, now ὡςas εἰπεῖνto speak, talk, say ἀνθρωπογονίαςthe begetting of men φυσικαῖςnatural, physical ἐννοίαιςto think τῶνthe πάλαιformerly, long ago θεοφιλῶνbeloved of God ἀνδρῶνmale, man, husband κατωρθοῦτοto establish , ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like ἐπιδείξομενto exhibit as a specimen . But although it is clear that we are new and that this new name of Christians has really but recently been known among all nations, nevertheless our life and our conduct, with our doctrines of religion, have not been lately invented by us, but from the first creation of man, so to speak, have been established by the natural understanding of divinely favored men of old. That this is so we shall show in the following way.
4-6 οὐno, not νέονnew, young , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καὶand, also, even, then, next παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along πᾶσινevery, all ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans ἀρχαιότητιantiquity, early τετιμημένονto value, honour ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people , τοῖςthe πᾶσιevery, all καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸhe, she, it, -self, same γνώριμονknown, intimate friend , τὸthe ἙβραίωνHebrews τυγχάνειto happen, meet . That the Hebrew nation is not new, but is universally honoured on account of its antiquity, is known to all.
4-7 λόγοιstatements, words δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τούτῳthis καὶand, also, even, then, next γράμματαa writing, letter παλαιοὺςold ἄνδραςman περιέχουσινto surround , σπανίουςseldom, rare, scarce μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀριθμῷnumber, total βραχεῖςfew, short, brief , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ὅμωςeven, at the same time εὐσεβείᾳgodliness, religion καὶand, also, even, then, next Δικαιοσύνῃrighteousness καὶand, also, even, then, next πάσῃevery, all τῇthe λοιπῇremaining, rest διενεγκόνταςto carry over ἀρετῇvirtue , πρὸbefore μένindeed, on the other hand γεindeed, doubtless, yet τοῦthe ὡςas διαφόρουςdifferent , μετὰ+G=with; +A=after δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦτονthis ἑτέρουςother, another, next , τῶνthe τεand, both, if τοῦthe ΝῶεNoah παίδωνchild καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπογόνωνdescended from ἀτὰρhowever, but yet καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe ἈβραάμAbraham , ὃνwhom, which, that ἀρχηγὸνleader καὶand, also, even, then, next προπάτοραforefather σφῶνthem αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same παῖδεςchild, servant ἙβραίωνHebrews αὐχοῦσιto boast . The books and writings of this people contain accounts of ancient men, rare indeed and few in number, but nevertheless distinguished for piety and righteousness and every other virtue. Of these, some excellent men lived before the flood, others of the sons and descendants of Noah lived after it, among them Abraham, whom the Hebrews celebrate as their own founder and forefather.
4-8 πάνταςevery, all δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore ἐκείνουςthat ἐπὶon, upon, against Δικαιοσύνῃrighteousness μεμαρτυρημένουςto witness, give evidence , ἐξout, out of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἈβραὰμAbraham ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸνthe πρῶτονfirst, before ἀνιοῦσινto go up ἄνθρωπονman, person , ἔργῳwork ΧριστιανούςChristians , εἰ[Conj] if, since καὶand, also, even, then, next μὴno, not ὀνόματιto name, call , προσειπώνto speak to τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing οὐκno, not ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἐκτὸςbut, except, besides, outside βάλοιto throw τῆςthe ἀληθείαςThummim, truth . If any one should assert that all those who have enjoyed the testimony of righteousness, from Abraham himself back to the first man, were Christians in fact if not in name, he would not go beyond the truth.
4-9 who, which, that γάρfor, because τοιand yet, surely δηλοῦνto make visible; to report ἐθέλοιto want, wish, will, plan τοὔνομαnamed , τὸνthe ΧριστιανὸνChristian ἄνδραmale, husband διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τῆςthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist γνώσεωςknowledge καὶand, also, even, then, next διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction σωφροσύνῃself-control, sanity, prudence καὶand, also, even, then, next Δικαιοσύνῃrighteousness καρτερίᾳendurance τεand, both, if βίουlife, livelihood καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀρετῆςpraise, virtue ἀνδρείᾳmanly εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion τεand, both, if ὁμολογίᾳconfession, promise ἑνὸςone, any καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνουonly, alone τοῦthe ἐπὶon, upon, against πάντωνevery, all ΘεοῦGod διαπρέπεινto flourish , τοῦτοthis πᾶνevery, all ἐκείνοιςthat οὐno, not χεῖρονworse ἡμῶνour, of us ἐσπουδάζετοto be busy . For that which the name indicates, that the Christian man, through the knowledge and the teaching of Christ, is distinguished for temperance and righteousness, for patience in life and manly virtue, and for a profession of piety toward the one and only God over all — all that was zealously practiced by them not less than by us.
4-10 οὔτ᾽neither … nor οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore σώματοςbody, corpse αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same περιτομῆςcircumcision, circumcised ἔμελενto care , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μηδὲand not, but not; neither … nor ἡμῖνus, our , οὐno, not σαββάτωνsabbath, week ἐπιτηρήσεωςobservation , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μηδὲand not, but not; neither … nor ἡμῖνus, our , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but οὐδὲneither, nor, never τῶνthe τοιῶνδεsuch as this τροφῶνfood, nourishment παραφυλακῆςa guard; to guard 1 οὐδὲneither, nor, never τῶνthe ἄλλωνother διαστολῆςdistinction , ὅσαall who; as great as τοῖςthe μετέπειταafterward πρῶτοςfirst ἁπάντωνall things ΜωυσῆςMoses ἀρξάμενοςto begin; to rule ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to συμβόλοιςsign, token τελεῖσθαιto fulfil, accomplish παραδέδωκενto hand over , ὅτιbecause, for, that, since μηδὲand not, but not; neither … nor νῦνnow; mouse ΧριστιανῶνChristians τὰthe τοιαῦταof such kind · They did not care about circumcision of the body, neither do we. They did not care about observing Sabbaths, nor do we. They did not avoid1certain kinds of food, neither did they regard the other distinctions which Moses first delivered to their posterity to be observed as symbols; nor do Christians of the present day do such things.
1Literally “observation,” i.e., in order to avoid.
4-11 ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καὶand, also, even, then, next σαφῶςclearly αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ᾔδεσανto know τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod , εἴConj: if; Verb: to be γεindeed, doubtless, yet ὦφθαιto see μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τῷthe ἈβραάμAbraham , χρηματίσαιto be called δὲbut, and, however τῷthe ἸσαάκIsaac , λελαληκέναιto speak, talk, say δὲbut, and, however τῷthe ἸσραήλIsrael , ΜωυσεῖMoses τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ταῦταthese (things) προφήταιςprophet ὡμιληκέναιto consort with προδέδεικταιto show by example · But they also clearly knew the very Christ of God; for it has already been shown that he appeared unto Abraham, that he imparted revelations to Isaac, that he talked with Jacob, that he held converse with Moses and with the prophets that came after.
4-12 ἔνθενfrom here αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τοὺςthe θεοφιλεῖςbeloved of God ἐκείνουςthat εὕροιςto find ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist κατηξιωμένουςto consider worthy ἐπωνυμίαςcalled by the name of , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the φάσκουσανto say, affirm περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same φωνήνvoice, tone, noiseμὴno, not ἅψησθεto touch, attach τῶνthe ΧριστῶνChrists μουmy, of me , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe προφήταιςprophet μουmy, of me μὴno, not πονηρεύεσθεto do evil, harm ·' Hence you will find those divinely favored men honoured with the name of Christ, according to the passage which says of them, “Touch not my Christs, and do my prophets no harm.”1
4-13 ὥστεtherefore, so that, in order that σαφῶςclearly πρώτηνfirst ἡγεῖσθαιto consider, regard δεῖνit is necessary; to bind καὶand, also, even, then, next πάντωνevery, all παλαιοτάτηνoldest τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀρχαιοτάτηνoldest θεοσεβείαςgodliness, religion εὕρεσινa finding αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ἐκείνωνthat τῶνthe ἀμφὶabout τὸνthe ἈβραὰμAbraham θεοφιλῶνbeloved of God ἀνδρῶνmale, man, husband τὴν‎the ἀρτίωςright now διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τῆςthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction πᾶσινevery, all ἔθνεσινgentile, nation, people κατηγγελμένηνto announce, proclaim . So that it is clearly necessary to consider that religion, which has lately been preached to all nations through the teaching of Christ, the first and most ancient of all religions, and the one discovered by those divinely favored men in the age of Abraham.
4-14 εἰ[Conj] if, since δὲbut, and, however δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore μακρῷfar, long ποθ᾽at some time ὕστερονlater, afterward περιτομῆςcircumcision, circumcised φασιto speak, talk, say τὸνthe ἈβραὰμAbraham ἐντολὴνcommand, commandment εἰληφέναιto take, receive , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but πρόbefore γεindeed, doubtless, yet ταύτηςthis δικαιοσύνηνrighteousness διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of πίστεωςtrust, faith, belief μαρτυρηθεὶςto bear witness ἀνείρηταιto say , ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like τοῦthe θείουsulphur; divine, godlike, god φάσκοντοςto say, affirm λόγουword, statementἐπίστευσενto believe δὲbut, and, however ἈβραὰμAbraham τῷthe ΘεῷGod , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐλογίσθηto count αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same εἰςinto, unto, for δικαιοσύνηνrighteousness .” If it is said that Abraham, a long time afterward, was given the command of circumcision, we reply that nevertheless before this it was declared that he had received the testimony of righteousness through faith; as the divine word says, “Abraham believed in God, and it was counted unto him for righteousness.”1
4-15 καὶand, also, even, then, next δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τοιούτωνsuch as this πρὸbefore τῆςthe περιτομῆςcircumcision, circumcised γεγονότιto become, come to be χρησμὸςoracle ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τοῦthe φήναντοςto shine, reveal ἑαυτὸνhimself, herself, itself αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ΘεοῦGod (οὗτοςthus, so, this δ᾽but, and, however, now ἦνto be αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same the; oh ΧριστόςChrist, the; oh τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod λόγοςstatement, word) περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῶνthe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe μετέπειταafterward χρόνοιςtime τὸνthe ὅμοιονsimilar, like αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same δικαιοῦσθαιto justify τρόπονway, manner, fashion μελλόντωνto intend, be about to ῥήμασινword αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same προεπήγγελταιto promise before λέγωνto speak, talk, sayκαὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνευλογηθήσονταιto bless ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to σοὶyou πᾶσαιall, whole αἱthe φυλαὶtribes τῆςthe γῆςearth, ground, land ,” καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas ὅτιbecause, for, that, sinceἔσταιto be εἰςinto, unto, for ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people μέγαgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) καὶand, also, even, then, next πολύmany, much , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνευλογηθήσονταιto bless ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same πάνταevery, all τὰthe ἔθνηgentile, nation 1 τῆςthe γῆςearth, ground, land .” And indeed unto Abraham, who was thus before his circumcision a justified man, there was given by God, who revealed himself unto him (but this was Christ himself, the word of God), a prophecy concerning those who in coming ages should be justified in the same way as he. The prophecy was in the following words: “And in you shall all the tribes of the earth be blessed.”1 And again, “He shall become a nation great and numerous; and in him shall all the nations2of the earth be blessed.”3
1 Genesis 12:3
2As usual, it is impossible to represent in English the fact that in Christian Greek the same word means “nations” or “heathen.” the Church took over from Hellenistic Judaism the usage of calling itself “the people” (ὁ λαός) as distingukished from “the nations” (τὰ ἔθνη).
3 Genesis 18:18
4-16 τούτῳthis δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπιστῆσαιto give attention εἰςinto, unto, for ἡμᾶςwe, us ἐκπεπληρωμένῳto pay off πάρεστινto be present . It is permissible to understand this as fulfilled in us.
4-17 πίστειbelief, faith μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. γὰρfor, because ἐκεῖνοςthat τῇthe εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe ὀφθένταto appear αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod λόγονstatement, word τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist δεδικαίωτοto justify , πατρῴαςancestral μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἀποστὰςto depart δεισιδαιμονίαςreligion καὶand, also, even, then, next πλάνηςdeception, error βίουlife, livelihood προτέραςfirst; earlier, former, in front of , ἕναone δὲbut, and, however τὸνthe ἐπὶon, upon, against πάντωνevery, all ὁμολογήσαςto promise ΘεὸνGod καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦτονthis ἔργοιςdeed, work ἀρετῆςpraise, virtue οὐχὶno indeed δὲbut, and, however θρησκείᾳreligion νόμουlaw, rule τοῦthe μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ταῦταthese (things) ΜωυσέωςMoses θεραπεύσαςto heal , τοιούτωνsuch as this τεand, both, if ὄντιto be εἴρητοto say ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore πᾶσαιall, whole αἱthe φυλαὶtribes τῆςthe γῆςearth, ground, land καὶand, also, even, then, next πάνταevery, all τὰthe ἔθνηgentile, nation ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same εὐλογηθήσεταιto bless · For he, having renounced the superstition of his fathers, and the former error of his life, and having confessed the one God over all, and having worshipped him with deeds of virtue, and not with the service of the law which was afterward given by Moses, was justified by faith in Christ, the Word of God, who appeared unto him. To him, then, who was a man of this character, it was said that all the tribes and all the nations of the earth should be blessed in him.
4-18 ἔργοιςdeed, work δὲbut, and, however λόγωνstatement, word ἐναργεστέροιςmore visible ἐπὶon, upon, against τοῦthe παρόντοςto come here, be present παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along μόνοιςonly, alone ΧριστιανοῖςChristians καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὅληςwhole, all τῆςthe οἰκουμένηςinhabited world ἀσκούμενοςto work skilfully αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐκεῖνοςthat the; oh τῆςthe θεοσεβείαςgodliness, religion τοῦthe ἈβραὰμAbraham ἀναπέφηνεto discover, appear τρόποςmanner, way . But that very religion of Abraham has reappeared at the present time, practiced in deeds, more efficacious than words, by Christians alone throughout the world.
4-19 τίwho? what?, someone, something δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore λοιπὸνremaining, rest ἐμποδὼνto prevent ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever εἴηto be , μὴno, not οὐχὶno indeed ἕναone καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same βίονlife, livelihood τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next τρόπονway, manner, fashion εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion ἡμῖνus, our τεand, both, if τοῖςthe ἀπὸfrom, away from ΧριστοῦChrist καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe πρόπαλαιvery long ago θεοφιλέσινbeloved of God ὁμολογεῖνto promise, confess ; ὥστεtherefore, so that, in order that μὴno, not νέανnew καὶand, also, even, then, next ξένηνforeign, foreigner , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but εἰ[Conj] if, since δεῖto owe, be necessary, be needful φάναιto show, make clear ἀληθεύονταto tell the truth , πρώτηνfirst ὑπάρχεινto exist; possessions καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνηνonly, alone καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀληθῆtruth, truthful κατόρθωσινestablishment εὐσεβείαςgodliness, religion τὴν‎the διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τῆςthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction παραδοθεῖσανto give, transmit ἡμῖνus, our ἀποδείκνυσθαιto confirm . καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ὧδεhere ἐχέτωto have, hold . What then should prevent the confession that we who are of Christ practice one and the same mode of life and have one and the same religion as those divinely favored men of old? Whence it is evident that the perfect religion committed to us by the teaching of Christ is not new and strange, but, if the truth must be spoken, it is the first and the true religion. This may suffice for this subject.

Chapter 5

5-1 Φέρεto carry δὲbut, and, however ἤδηnow, already , μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὴν‎the δέουσανto lack; to tie προκατασκευὴνintroduction τῆςthe προτεθείσηςto set before ἡμῖνus, our ἐκκλησιαστικῆςecclesiastical ἱστορίαςhistory, story ἤδηnow, already λοιπὸνremaining, rest ἀπὸfrom, away from τῆςthe ἐνσάρκουof flesh τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἐπιφανείαςappearing, surface οἷάsuch as τινοςsomeone, something ὁδοιπορίαςtravel, journey ἐφαψώμεθαto bind on , τὸνthe τοῦthe λόγουword, statement πατέραfather ΘεὸνGod καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe δηλούμενονto hurt; to make visible αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua ΧριστὸνChrist τὸνthe σωτῆραsaviour, deliverer καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριονlord ἡμῶνour, of us , τὸνthe οὐράνιονheavenly τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod λόγονstatement, word , βοηθὸνhelper ἡμῖνus, our καὶand, also, even, then, next συνεργὸνhelping, co-worker τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the διήγησινto tell, relate; description ἀληθείαςThummim, truth ἐπικαλεσάμενοιto call upon And now, after this necessary introduction to our proposed history of the Church, we can enter, so to speak, upon our journey, beginning with the appearance of our Saviour in the flesh. And we invoke God, the Father of the Word, and him, of whom we have been speaking, Jesus Christ himself our Saviour and Lord, the heavenly Word of God, as our aid and fellow-labourer in the narration of the truth.
5-2 ἦνto be δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore τοῦτοthis Δεύτερονsecond καὶand, also, even, then, next τεσσαρακοστὸνfortieth ἔτοςyear τῆςthe ΑὐγούστουAugustus βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen ,1 ΑἰγύπτουEgypt δ᾽but, and, however, now ὑποταγῆςsubjection καὶand, also, even, then, next τελευτῆςend, death ἈντωνίουAnthony καὶand, also, even, then, next ΚλεοπάτραςCleopatra , εἰςinto, unto, for ἣνwho, which, that ὑστάτηνlatter the κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to ΑἴγυπτονEgypt τῶνthe ΠτολεμαίωνPtolemies κατέληξεto leave off, stop , δυναστείαdomination, power , ὄγδοονeighth ἔτοςyear καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰκοστόνtwentieth , ὁπηνίκαsince, when the; oh σωτὴρsaviour καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριοςlord ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua the; oh ΧριστὸςChrist ἐπὶon, upon, against τῆςthe τότεthen πρώτηςfirst, former ἀπογραφῆςcensus , ἡγεμονεύοντοςto govern ΚυρινίουCyrenius, Quirinius τῆςthe ΣυρίαςSyria , ἀκολούθωςconsistently ταῖςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same προφητείαιςprophecies ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ΒηθλεὲμBethlehem γεννᾶταιto generate, father, give birth τῆςthe ἸουδαιαςJudea. It was in the forty-second year of the reign of Augustus1and the twenty-eighth after the subjugation of Egypt and the death of Antony and Cleopatra, with whom the dynasty of the Ptolemies in Egypt came to an end, that our Saviour and Lord Jesus Christ was born in Bethlehem of Judea, according to the prophecies which had been uttered concerning him.2 His birth took place during the first census, while Cyrenius was governor of Syria.
1That is, 1 BC, the next year being the annus Domine. The same date is given by Clement of Alexandria, but Irenaeus and Tertullian place the nativity on year earlier. Neither date can be reconciled with the statement of Matthew 2:1 that Jesus was born in the reign of Herod the Great who died in 4 BC.
2 Micah 5:2
5-3 ταύτηςthis δὲbut, and, however τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ΚυρίνιονCyrenius 1 ἀπογραφῆςcensus καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh τῶνthe παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἙβραίοιςHebrews ἐπισημότατοςmost notable ἱστορικῶνexact, precise, scientific ΦλάυιοςFlavius υἱόςson ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph μνημονεύειto mention, remember , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἄλληνother, another, next ἐπισυνάπτωνto join, attach ἱστορίανhistory, story, account περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe τῶνthe ΓαλιλαίωνGalileans κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοὺςthe αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐπιφυείσηςto make to grow, produce χρόνουςtime αἱρέσεωςsect, heresy , ἧςwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἡμῖνus, our the; oh ΛουκᾶςLuke ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ταῖςthe ΠράξεσινActs μνήμηνmemory ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like λέγωνto speak, talk, say πεποίηταιto do, makeμετὰ+G=with; +A=after τοῦτονthis ἀνέστηto stand up, arise, rise up ἸούδαςJudas the; oh ΓαλιλαῖοςGalilean ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ταῖςthe ἡμέραιςday τῆςthe ἀπογραφῆςcensus , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπέστησεto withdraw, keep away, stand apart λαὸνpeople ὀπίσωafter, follow, behind αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same · κἀκεῖνοςand he, and this ἀπώλετοto ruin, destroy, perish , καὶand, also, even, then, next πάντεςevery, all ὅσοιall who ἐπείσθησανto persuade αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , διεσκορπίσθησανto disperse .” Flavius Josephus, the most celebrated of Hebrew historians, also mentions this census, which was taken during Cyrenius' term of office.1 In the same connection he gives an account of the uprising of the Galileans, which took place at that time, of which also Luke, among our writers, has made mention in the Acts, in the following words: “After this man rose up Judas of Galilee in the days of the taxing, and drew away a multitude after him: he also perished; and all, even as many as obeyed him, were dispersed.”2
1Eusebius assumes that the census mentioned by Josephus, which led to a revolt, is the same as that referred to in Luke and in Acts. If he is right, Luke and Matthew cannot be reconciled, for the census of Quirinius referred to by Josephus and also in Acts 5:37 was in AD 6. Sir W. M. Ransay thinks that there may have been an earlier census in the reign of Herod during a former governorship of Quirinius in Syria, which did not then include the domain of Herod. There is good evidence for the former governorship of Quirinius, but none for a census in Judaea during his governorship by (or for) Herod.
2Acts 5:37
5-4 τούτοιςthese δ᾽but, and, however, now οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh δεδηλωμένοςto make visible; to report ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳeighteenth τῆςthe Ἀρχαιολογίαςancient history συνᾴδωνto sing with ταῦταthese (things) παρατίθεταιto place κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along λέξινspeech · “ ΚυρίνιοςCyrenius, Cyrenaeus δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe εἰςinto, unto, for τὴν‎the βουλὴνplan, counsel, advice συναγομένωνto assemble , ἀνὴρman, male, husband τάςthe τεand, both, if ἄλλαςother, another, next ἀρχὰςbeginning; ruler ἐπιτετελεκὼςto complete, finish καὶand, also, even, then, next διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of πασῶνevery, all ὁδεύσαςto travel ὕπατοςhighest γενέσθαιto become, come to be τάthe τεand, both, if ἄλλαother, another, next ἀξιώματιsomething worthy μέγαςgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) , σὺν+D=with ὀλίγοιςshort, few, small, little ἐπὶon, upon, against ΣυρίαςSyria παρῆνto be present , ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ΚαίσαροςCaesar δικαιοδότηςto administer justice τοῦthe ἔθνουςgentile, nation, people ἀπεσταλμένοςto send forth καὶand, also, even, then, next τιμητὴςvalued τῶνthe οὐσιῶνgoods, substance γενησόμενοςto become, come to be .” The above-mentioned author, in the eighteenth book of his Antiquities, in agreement with these words, adds the following, which we quote exactly: “Cyrenius, a member of the senate, one who had held other offices and had passed through them all to the consulship, a man also of great dignity in other respects, came to Syria with a small retinue, being sent by Caesar to be a judge of the nation and to make an assessment of their property.”
5-5 καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after βραχέαshort, little φησίνto affirm, say · “ἸούδαςJudas δέbut, and, however , ΓαυλανίτηςGaulonite ἀνὴρman, male, husband ἐκout, out of πόλεωςcity ὄνομαname ΓαμαλάGamala , ΣάδδοκονSadduchus, Zadok ΦαρισαῖονPharisee προσλαβόμενοςto take toward, take aside , ἠπείγετοto press by weight ἐπὶon, upon, against ἀποστάσειrevolt , τὴν‎the τεand, both, if ἀποτίμησινtaxation οὐδὲνno one, nothing ἄλλοother, another, next or, either, than; +πριν=before ἄντικρυςopposite δουλείανservice, slavery ἐπιφέρεινto bring, give, grant λέγοντεςto speak, talk, say καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe ἐλευθερίαςliberty ἐπ᾽on, upon, against ἀντιλήψειhelp, relief παρακαλοῦντεςto encourage τὸthe ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people .” And after a little he says: “But Judas, a Gaulonite, from a city called Gamala, taking with him Sadduchus, a Pharisee, urged the people to revolt, both of them saying that the taxation meant nothing else than downright slavery, and exhorting the nation to defend their liberty.”
5-6 καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῇthe δευτέρᾳsecond, again (Monday) δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe ἱστοριῶνinquiry, story τοῦthe ἸουδαϊκοῦJewish πολέμουbattle, war περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ταῦταthese (things) γράφειto write · “ ἐπὶon, upon, against τούτουthis τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing ἀνὴρman, male, husband ΓαλιλαῖοςGalilean ἸούδαςJudas ὄνομαname εἰςinto, unto, for ἀποστασίανdefection, rebellion, revolt ἐνῆγεto lead in τοὺςthe ἐπιχωρίουςin/of the country , κακίζωνto abuse, criticize εἰ[Conj] if, since φόρονtribute, tax τεand, both, if ῬωμαίοιςRomans τελεῖνto fulfil, accomplish ὑπομενοῦσινto remain, endure, wait καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὸνthe ΘεὸνGod οἴσουσιto carry θνητοὺςmortal δεσπόταςmaster .” ταῦταthese (things) the; oh ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph . And in the second book of his History of the Jewish War, he writes as follows concerning the same man: “At this time a certain Galilean, whose name was Judas, persuaded his countrymen to revolt, declaring that they were cowards if they submitted to pay tribute to the Romans, and if they endured, besides God, masters who were mortal.” These things are recorded by Josephus.

Chapter 6

6-1 Τηνικαῦταat that time, then δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἔθνουςgentile, nation, people ἩρῴδουHerod πρώτουfirst, chief τὸthe γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type ἀλλοφύλουforeign, Philistine διειληφότοςto take, receive τὴν‎the βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom the διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of ΜωυσέωςMoses περιγραφὴνoutward appearance, enclosure ἐλάμβανενto take, receive προφητείαprophecyοὐκno, not ἐκλείψεινto cease ἄρχονταchief, ruler ἐξout, out of ἸούδαJude, Judas οὐδὲneither, nor, never ἡγούμενονto lead, guide, rule ἐκout, out of τῶνthe μηρῶνthigh αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, sameφήσασαto say, affirm , “ ἕωςas far as, until, up to, even as ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἔλθῃto come, go who, which, that ἀπόκειταιto be put away ,”1 ὃνwhom, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀποφαίνειto show forth, display προσδοκίανexpectation ἔσεσθαιto be ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people . When Herod, the first ruler of foreign blood, became King, the prophecy of Moses received its fulfillment, according to which “there should not be wanting a prince of Judah, nor a ruler from his loins, until he come for whom it is reserved.”1the latter, he also shows, was to be the expectation of the nations.
1 Genesis 49:10 The Hebrew text of this passage is, accurately rendered, “until Shiloh come,” but has no discoverable meaning. The text of the LXX varies between “until there come him for whom it is reserved” and “until there come the things reserved for him.”
6-2 ἀτελῆunripe, imperfect γέyet, doubtless, indeed, also τοιand yet, surely τὰthe τῆςthe προρρήσεωςprediction, prognosis ἦνto be καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὃνwhom, which, that ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τοῖςthe οἰκείοιςhousehold, relative τοῦthe ἔθνουςgentile, nation, people ἄρχουσιruler διάγεινto carry across; spend time αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐξῆνit is allowed, possible χρόνονtime , ἄνωθενtop, above, again ἐξout, out of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ΜωυσέωςMoses καταρξαμένοιςto begin καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰςinto, unto, for τὴν‎the ΑὐγούστουAugustus βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom διαρκέσασινto suffice , καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὃνwhom, which, that πρῶτοςfirst ἀλλόφυλοςforeign, Philistine ἩρῴδηςHerod τὴν‎the κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἐπιτρέπεταιto permit ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin ἀρχήνbeginning; ruler , This prediction remained unfulfilled so long as it was permitted them to live under rulers from their own nation, that is, from the time of Moses to the reign of Augustus. Under the latter, Herod, the first foreigner, was given the Kingdom of the Jews by the Romans.
6-3 ὡςas μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph παραδίδωσινto give over , ἸδουμαῖοςIdumean ὢνto be κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along πατέραfather τὸthe γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type ἈράβιοςArabian δὲbut, and, however κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along μητέραmother , ὡςas δ᾽but, and, however, now ἈφρικανόςAfricanus (οὐχno, not, no indeed the; oh τυχὸνperhaps δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next οὗτοςthus, so, this γέγονεto become, come to be συγγραφεύςwriter), φασὶνto speak, talk, say οἱthe τὰthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἀκριβοῦντεςto ascertain exactly ἈντίπατρονAntipater (τοῦτονthis δ᾽but, and, however, now εἶναιto be αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same πατέραfather) ἩρῴδουHerod τινὸςsomeone, something ἈσκαλωνίτουAscalon τῶνthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τὸνthe νεὼtemple τοῦthe ἈπόλλωνοςApollo ἱεροδούλωνtemple-minister καλουμένοιςto call γεγονέναιto become, come to be · As Josephus relates, he was an Idumean on his father's side and an Arabian on his mother's. But Africanus, who was also no common writer, says that they who were more accurately informed about him report that he was a son of Antipater, and that the latter was the son of a certain Herod of Ascalon, one of the so-called servants of the temple of Apollo.
6-4 ὃςwho, which, that ἈντίπατροςAntipater ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ἸδουμαίωνIdumean λῃστῶνrobbers παιδίονlittle child αἰχμαλωτισθεὶςto capture σὺν+D=with ἐκείνοιςthat ἦνto be , διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τὸthe μὴno, not δύνασθαιto be able τὸνthe πατέραfather πτωχὸνpoor ὄνταto be καταθέσθαιto grant a favour ὑπὲρ+ GEN = in behalf of, instead of; + ACC = over, above, beyond αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , ἐντραφεὶςto bring up, nourish, educate δὲbut, and, however τοῖςthe ἐκείνωνthat ἔθεσινcustom ὕστερονlater, afterward ὙρκανῷHyrcanus τῷthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἀρχιερεῖchief priest, high priest φιλοῦταιto love . This Antipater, having been taken a prisoner while a boy by Idumean robbers, lived with them, because his father, being a poor man, was unable to pay a ransom for him. Growing up in their practices he was afterward befriended by Hyrcanus, the high priest of the Jews.
6-5 τούτουthis γίνεταιto become, come to be the; oh ἐπὶon, upon, against τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἩρῴδηςHerod . A son of his was that Herod who lived in the times of our Saviour.
6-6 εἰςinto, unto, for δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore τὸνthe τοιοῦτονsuch as τῆςthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews περιελθούσηςto go around βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen , ἐπὶon, upon, against θύραιςdoor, entrance, gate ἤδηnow, already καὶand, also, even, then, next the τῶνthe ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people ἀκολούθωςconsistently τῇthe προφητείᾳprophecy προσδοκίαexpectation παρῆνto be present , ἅτεsince, just as διαλελοιπότωνto leave an interval between ἐξout, out of ἐκείνουthat τῶνthe παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐξout, out of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ΜωυσέωςMoses When the Kingdom of the Jews had devolved upon such a man the expectation of the nations was, according to prophecy, already at the door. For with him their princes and governors, who had ruled in regular succession from the time of Moses came to an end.
6-7 κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along διαδοχὴνsuccession ἀρξάντωνto be first τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ἡγησαμένωνto go before, lead . πρὸbefore μένindeed, on the other hand γεindeed, doubtless, yet τῆςthe αἰχμαλωσίαςcaptivity αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe εἰςinto, unto, for ΒαβυλῶναBabylon μεταναστάσεωςmigration ἐβασιλεύοντοto rule , ἀπὸfrom, away from ΣαοὺλSaul πρώτουfirst, chief καὶand, also, even, then, next ΔαυὶδDavid ἀρξάμενοιto be first, to lead · πρὸbefore δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe βασιλέωνking ἄρχοντεςleader, ruler, prince αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same διεῖπονto tell fully , οἱthe προσαγορευόμενοιto greet, address κριταίjudge , ἄρξαντεςto rule καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτοὶhe, she, it, self, same μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ΜωυσέαMoses καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe τούτουthis διάδοχονa successor ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua · Before their captivity and their transportation to Babylon they were ruled by Saul first and then by David, and before the kings leaders governed them who were called Judges, and who came after Moses and his successor Jesus.
6-8 μετὰ+G=with; +A=after δὲbut, and, however τὴν‎the ἀπὸfrom, away from ΒαβυλῶνοςBabylon ἐπάνοδονreturn οὐno, not διέλιπονto intermit, cease πολιτείᾳway of life, citizenship χρώμενοιto employ, use, treat ἀριστοκρατικῇaristocratical μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ὀλιγαρχίαςoligarchy (οἱthe γὰρfor, because ἱερεῖςpriest . προεστήκεσανto set before τῶνthe πραγμάτωνdeed, work, thing), ἄχριuntil, up to, while οὗwhere; who, which, that ΠομπήιοςPompey ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin στρατηγὸςcaptain ἐπιστὰςto stand over, be present τὴν‎the μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἹερουσαλὴμJerusalem πολιορκεῖto besiege κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along κράτοςdominion, strength μιαίνειto stain, dye τεand, both, if τὰthe ἅγιαsanctuary, saints, sacred, holy μέχριuntil, unto, as far as τῶνthe ἀδύτωνthe inner sanctuary τοῦthe ἱεροῦtemple προελθώνto advance; to go forth , After their return from Babylon they continued to have without interruption an aristocratic form of government, with an oligarchy. For the priests had the direction of affairs until Pompey, the Roman general, took Jerusalem by force, and defiled the holy places by entering the very innermost sanctuary of the temple.
6-9 τὸνthe δ᾽but, and, however, now ἐκout, out of προγόνωνforefather, ancestor διαδοχῆςsuccession εἰςinto, unto, for ἐκεῖνοthat (thing) τοῦthe καιροῦalways, opportune διαρκέσανταto suffice βασιλέαking τεand, both, if ὁμοῦtogether καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀρχιερέαchief priest, high priest , ἈριστόβουλοςAristobulus ὄνομαname ἦνto be αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , δέσμιονprisoner ἐπὶon, upon, against ῬώμηςRome ἅμαat once, together, both, early τέκνοιςchild ἐκπέμψαςto send out , ὙρκανῷHyrcanus μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τῷthe τούτουthis ἀδελφῷbrother τὴν‎the ἀρχιερωσύνηνhigh priesthood παραδίδωσινto give over , τὸthe δὲbut, and, however πᾶνevery, all ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people ἐξout, out of ἐκείνουthat ῬωμαίοιςRomans ὑπόφορονsubject to tribute Aristobulus, who, by the right of ancient succession, had been up to that time both king and high priest, he sent with his children in chains to Rome; and gave to Hyrcanus, brother of Aristobulus, the high priesthood, while the whole nation of the Jews was made tributary to the Romans from that time.
6-10 κατεστήσατοto set down . αὐτίκαat once, immediately γοῦνtherefore, hence καὶand, also, even, then, next ὙρκανοῦHyrcanus , εἰςinto, unto, for ὃνwhom, which, that ὕστατονlast τὰthe τῆςthe τῶνthe ἀρχιερέωνchief (high) priest περιέστηto encircle, surround διαδοχῆςsuccession , ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ΠάρθωνParthians αἰχμαλώτουtaken captive ληφθέντοςto take, receive , πρῶτοςfirst , ὡςas γοῦνtherefore, hence ἔφηνto affirm, say , ἀλλόφυλοςforeign, Philistine ἩρῴδηςHerod ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τῆςthe συγκλήτουsummoned ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin ΑὐγούστουAugustus τεand, both, if βασιλέωςking τὸthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἔθνοςgentile, nation, people ἐγχειρίζεταιto entrust , But Hyrcanus, who was the last of the regular line of high priests, was very soon afterward taken prisoner by the Parthians, and Herod, the first foreigner, as I have already said, was made King of the Jewish nation by the Roman senate and by Augustus.
6-11 καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὃνwhom, which, that ἐναργῶςclearly, visibly τῆςthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist παροιμίαιproverb ἐνστάσηςto impend , καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people the προσδοκωμένηto expect σωτηρίαsalvation τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next κλῆσιςcalling ἀκολούθωςconsistently τῇthe προφητείᾳprophecy παρηκολούθησενto follow · Under him Christ appeared in bodily shape, and the expected Salvation of the nations and their calling followed in accordance with prophecy.
6-12 ἐξout, out of οὗwhere; who, which, that δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore χρόνουtime τῶνthe ἀπὸfrom, away from ἸούδαJude, Judas ἀρχόντωνruler, captain, premier τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ἡγουμένωνto rule , λέγωto speak, talk, say δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe ἐκout, out of τοῦthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἔθνουςgentile, nation, people , διαλελοιπότωνto leave an interval between , εἰκότωςexpectedly αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰthe τῆςthe ἐκout, out of προγόνωνforefather, ancestor εὐσταθῶςsteadfastly, healthily ἐπὶon, upon, against τοὺςthe ἔγγισταnear διαδόχουςsuccessor, deputy κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along γενεὰνgeneration, race, clan προϊούσηςto go forward ἀρχιερωσύνηςhigh-priesthood παραχρῆμαimmediately συγχεῖταιto confuse .1 From this time the princes and rulers of Judah, I mean of the Jewish nation, came to an end, and as a natural consequence the order of the high-priesthood, which from ancient times had proceeded regularly in closest succession from generation to generation, was immediately thrown into confusion.1
1The high-priestly lineage had been carefully followed until Hyrcanus II, the last of the regular succession. However, his grandson, Aristobulus, was high-priest for a year under Herod, but was then slain by him. After Hyrcanus, the high-priest was appointed and changed at pleasure by the secular ruler. Herod the Great first established the practice of removing a high-priest during his lifetime. Under him, there were no less than six different ones.
6-13 ἔχειςto have, hold καὶand, also, even, then, next τούτωνthese ἀξιόχρεωνnoteworthy τὸνthe ἸώσηπονJosephus, Joseph μάρτυραmartyr, witness , δηλοῦνταto make visible; to report ὡςas τὴν‎the βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin ἐπιτραπεὶςto turn to ἩρῴδηςHerod οὐκέτιno longer, no more τοὺςthe ἐξout, out of ἀρχαίουancient γένουςgeneration, family, race, nation, kind καθίστησινto appoint ἀρχιερεῖςchief priest, high priest , ἀλλάbut, otherwise τισινsomeone, something ἀσήμοιςunmarked, obscure τὴν‎the τιμὴνhonour, value ἀπένεμενto assign · τὰthe ὅμοιαsimilar, like, equal to δὲbut, and, however πρᾶξαιto do, accomplish τῷthe ἩρῴδῃHerod περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe καταστάσεωςaccusation τῶνthe ἱερέωνpriest ἈρχέλαόνArchelaus τεand, both, if τὸνthe παῖδαchild, servant αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τοῦτονthis ῬωμαίουςRomans , τὴν‎the ἀρχὴνrule, beginning τῶνthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews παρειληφόταςto receive from . Of these things Josephus is also a witness, who shows that when Herod was made King by the Romans he no longer appointed the high priests from the ancient line, but gave the honour to certain obscure persons. A course similar to that of Herod in the appointment of the priests was pursued by his son Archelaus, and after him by the Romans, who took the government into their own hands.
6-14 the; oh δ᾽but, and, however, now αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same δηλοῖto indicate, signify ὡςas ἄραthen, therefore, perhaps καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the ἱερὰνholy, temple στολὴνlong garment τοῦthe ἀρχιερέωςchief priest, high priest πρῶτοςfirst ἩρῴδηςHerod ἀποκλείσαςto shut, lock, close ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ἰδίανone's own σφραγῖδαseal πεποίηταιto do, make , μηκέτ᾽no more, no longer αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same τοῖςthe ἀρχιερεῦσινchief priests ἔχεινto have, hold ὑφ᾽+G=by; +A=under ἑαυτοὺςourselves, yourselves, themselves ἐπιτρέψαςto turn to, commit, yield · ταὐτὸνidentical δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe μετ᾽+G=with; +A=after αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἈρχέλαονArchelaus καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τοῦτονthis ῬωμαίουςRomans διαπράξασθαιto pass over, accomplish . The same writer shows that Herod was the first that locked up the sacred garment of the high priest under his own seal and refused to permit the high priests to keep it for themselves. The same course was followed by Archelaus after him, and after Archelaus by the Romans.
6-15 καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) δ᾽but, and, however, now ἡμῖνus, our εἰρήσθωto speak, talk, say εἰςinto, unto, for ἑτέραςother, another, next ἀπόδειξινproof προφητείαςprophecy κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the ἐπιφάνειανappearance τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ΧριστοῦChrist πεπερασμένηςto finish, accomplish . σαφέσταταclearest γοῦνtherefore, hence ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῷthe ΔανιὴλDaniel ἑβδομάδωνseven, week τινῶνsomeone, something ἀριθμὸνnumber, total ὀνομαστὶby name ἕωςas far as, until, up to, even as ΧριστοῦChrist ἡγουμένουto lead; suppose περιλαβὼνto hug the; oh λόγοςstatement, word , περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around ὧνwho, whom, which ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἑτέροιςother, another, next διειλήφαμενto comprehend , μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὸthe τούτωνthese συμπέρασμαfinishing, end ἐξολοθρευθήσεσθαιto destroy utterly τὸthe παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἸουδαίοιςJews χρῖσμαanointing, unction προφητεύειto prophesy · καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦτοthis δὲbut, and, however σαφῶςclearly κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe καιρὸνtime, season τῆςthe τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ΧριστοῦChrist γενέσεωςgenealogy, kind, species, generation, origin ἀποδείκνυταιto point out συμπεπληρωμένονto fill . ταῦταthese (things) δ᾽but, and, however, now ἡμῖνus, our ἀναγκαίωςnecessary εἰςinto, unto, for παράστασινmagnificence τῆςthe τῶνthe χρόνωνtime ἀληθείαςThummim, truth προτετηρήσθωto guard . These things have been recorded by us in order to show that another prophecy has been fulfilled in the appearance of our Saviour Jesus Christ. For the Scripture, in the Book of Daniel,1having expressly mentioned a certain number of weeks until the coming of Christ, of which we have treated in other books, most clearly prophesies, that after the completion of those weeks the unction among the Jews should totally perish. And this, it has been clearly shown, was fulfilled at the time of the birth of our Saviour Jesus Christ. This has been necessarily premised by us as a proof of the correctness of the time.

Chapter 7

7-1 Ἐπειδὴafter that, then, when, because δὲbut, and, however τὴν‎the περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist γενεαλογίανgenealogy διαφόρωςdifferently ἡμῖνus, our who, which, that; +enclitic=the τεand, both, if ΜατθαῖοςMatthew καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΛουκᾶςLuke εὐαγγελιζόμενοιto preach the gospel παραδεδώκασιto hand over, transmit διαφωνεῖνto be in discord τεand, both, if νομίζεταιto use customarily, practise τοῖςthe πολλοῖςmany τῶνthe τεand, both, if πιστῶνbelieving, faithful ἕκαστοςeach, every ἀγνοίᾳignorance τἀληθοῦςunconcealed εὑρησιλογεῖνto make wild guess εἰςinto, unto, for τοὺςthe τόπουςplace πεφιλοτίμηταιto love , φέρεto move, carry , καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τούτωνthese κατελθοῦσανto go down εἰςinto, unto, for ἡμᾶςwe, us ἱστορίανhistory, story, account παραθώμεθαto run beside; to place beside , ἣνwho, which, that δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐπιστολῆςepistle, letter ἈριστείδῃAristides γράφωνto write περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around συμφωνίαςharmonious, concord τῆςthe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe εὐαγγελίοιςgospel γενεαλογίαςgenealogy the; oh μικρῷsmall, few πρόσθενearlier, former ἡμῖνus, our δηλωθεὶςto make visible; to report ἈφρικανὸςAfricanus ἐμνημόνευσενto remember, mention , τὰςthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τῶνthe λοιπῶνremaining δόξαςglory ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever βιαίουςviolent καὶand, also, even, then, next διεψευσμέναςto deceive ἀπελέγξαςto refute , ἣνwho, which, that δ᾽but, and, however, now αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same παρείληφενto receive from ἱστορίανhistory, story, account τούτοιςthese αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐκτιθέμενοςto set out, place outside τοῖςthe ῥήμασινword · Matthew and Luke in their gospels have given us the genealogy of Christ differently, and many suppose that they are at variance with one another. Since as a consequence every believer, in ignorance of the truth, has been zealous to invent some explanation which shall harmonize the two passages, permit us to subjoin the account of the matter which has come down to us, and which is given by Africanus, who was mentioned by us just above, in his epistle to Aristides, where he discusses the harmony of the gospel genealogies. After refuting the opinions of others as forced and deceptive, he give the account which he had received from tradition in these words:
7-2 Ἐπειδὴafter that, then, when, because γὰρfor, because τὰthe ὀνόματαcalled, name τῶνthe γενῶνfamily, race ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἸσραὴλIsraēl ἠριθμεῖτοto number, count or, either, than; +πριν=before φύσειnature or, either, than; +πριν=before νόμῳlaw , φύσειnature μένindeed, on the other hand , γνησίουgenuine σπέρματοςseed, offspring, semen διαδοχῇsuccession , νόμῳlaw δέbut, and, however , ἑτέρουother, another, next παιδοποιουμένουto beget children εἰςinto, unto, for ὄνομαname τελευτήσαντοςto end, die, finish ἀδελφοῦbrother ἀτέκνουchildlessὅτιbecause, for, that, since γὰρfor, because οὐδέπωnever, not even yet δέδοτοto give ἐλπὶςhope ἀναστάσεωςresurrection σαφήςclear, distinct , τὴν‎the μέλλουσανto intend, be about to ἐπαγγελίανannouncement, promise ἀναστάσειresurrection ἐμιμοῦντοto imitate θνητῇmortal , ἵναin order that, so that ἀνέκλειπτονinexhaustible τὸthe ὄνομαname μείνῃto remain, abide, wait τοῦthe μετηλλαχότοςto be dead ·' “For whereas the names of the generations were reckoned in Israel either according to nature or according to law — according to nature by the succession of legitimate offspring, and according to law whenever another raised up a child to the name of a brother dying childless; for because a clear hope of resurrection was not yet given they had a representation of the future promise by a kind of mortal resurrection, in order that the name of the one deceased might be perpetuated —
7-3 ἐπεὶsince, because, when, after οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore οἱthe τῇthe γενεαλογίᾳgenealogy ταύτῃthis ἐμφερόμενοιto insert , οἱthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. διεδέξαντοto receive; to show plainly παῖςchild, servant πατέραfather γνησίωςreally , οἱthe δὲbut, and, however ἑτέροιςother, another, next μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἐγεννήθησανto bear, be born, generate , ἑτέροιςother, another, next δὲbut, and, however προσετέθησανto add to κλήσειcalling , ἀμφοτέρωνboth γέγονενto become, come to be the μνήμηmemory , καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe γεγεννηκότωνto give birth to καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ὡςas γεγεννηκότωνto give birth to . whereas then some of those who are inserted in this genealogical table succeeded by natural descent, the son to the father, while others, though born of one father, were ascribed by name to another, mention was made of both of those who were progenitors in fact and of those who were so only in name.
7-4 οὕτωςthus, so, this way οὐδέτερονneither τῶνthe εὐαγγελίωνgood news ψεύδεταιto lie, beguile , καὶand, also, even, then, next φύσινnatural endowment ἀριθμοῦνto number, count καὶand, also, even, then, next νόμονlaw . Thus neither of the gospels is in error, for one reckons by nature, the other by law.
7-5 ἐπεπλάκηto be involved γὰρfor, because ἀλλήλοιςone another, each other τὰthe γένηkinds, generations, nations , τόthe τεand, both, if ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe ΣολομῶνοςSolomon καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe ΝαθάνNathan , ἀναστάσεσινresurrection ἀτέκνωνchildless καὶand, also, even, then, next δευτερογαμίαιςsecond marriage καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀναστάσειresurrection 1 σπερμάτωνseed, descendants , ὡςas δικαίωςrighteously τοὺςthe αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same ἄλλοτεat another time ἄλλωνother νομίζεσθαιto use customarily , τῶνthe μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. δοκούντωνto think, seem πατέρωνfathers , τῶνthe δὲbut, and, however ὑπαρχόντωνto exist; possessions · For the line of descent from Solomon and that from Nathan were so involved, the one with the other, by the raising up1of children to the childless and by second marriages, that the same persons are justly considered to belong at one time to one, at another time to another; that is, at one time to the reputed fathers, at another to the actual fathers.
1“Resurrection” is the only possible translation of the Greek; but it appears to be a mistake in copying on the part of Eusebius, and according to cod. q of the Quaestiones ad Stephanum, Africanus wrote “the deaths of the childless.”
7-6 ὡςas ἀμφοτέραςboth τὰςthe διηγήσειςaccounts κυρίωςlegally ἀληθεῖςtrue οὔσαςto be ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸνthe ἸωσὴφJoseph πολυπλόκωςtangled, intricately μένindeed, on the other hand , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ἀκριβῶςaccurately, exactly κατελθεῖνto go down . So that both these accounts are strictly true and come down to Joseph with considerable intricacy indeed, yet quite accurately.
7-7 ἵναin order that, so that δὲbut, and, however σαφὲςclear, distinct to be τὸthe λεγόμενονto speak, talk, say , τὴν‎the ἐναλλαγὴνperversion, change τῶνthe γενῶνfamily, race διηγήσομαιto describe .1 But in order that what I have said may be made clear I shall explain the interchange of the generations.1
1The point of this obscure argument is that among the Jews if a man died childless, his brother was charged with the duty of begetting children by the widow, who was still reckoned as the wife of the deceased. Such children were legally regarded as the sons of the dead brother, though known to be actually the children of the living one. This happened in the case of Joseph. He was legally the son of Eli, physically of Jacob. A further complication was that Eli and Jacob were only half-brothers. They were the sons of the same mother, Estha, but Eli was the son of her second husband, Melchi, descended from Nathan the son of David, and Jacob was the son of her first husband Matthan, descended from Solomon the son of David. Thus Matthew giving the physical descent of Jesus traces it through Jacob to Solomon; but Luke (who avoids the word “begat”) giving the legal descent traces it through Eli to Nathan.
7-8 ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe ΔαυὶδDavid διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of ΣολομῶνοςSolomon τὰςthe γενεὰςgeneration, family, clan καταριθμουμένοιςto count τρίτοςthird ἀπὸfrom, away from τέλουςend, fulfillment εὑρίσκεταιto find ΜατθάνMatthan , ὃςwho, which, that ἐγέννησεto father, generate τὸνthe ἸακώβJacob , τοῦthe ἸωσὴφJoseph τὸνthe πατέραfather · ἀπὸfrom, away from δὲbut, and, however ΝαθὰνNathan τοῦthe ΔαυὶδDavid κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ΛουκᾶνLuke ὁμοίωςsimilarly, likewise τρίτοςthird ἀπὸfrom, away from τέλουςend, fulfillment ΜελχίMelchi · ἸωσὴφJoseph γὰρfor, because υἱὸςson ἩλιEli τοῦthe ΜελχίMelchi . If we reckon the generations from David through Solomon, the third from the end is found to be Matthan, who begot Jacob the father of Joseph. But if, with Luke, we reckon them from Nathan the son of David, in like manner the third from the end is Melchi, whose son Eli was the father of Joseph. For Joseph was the son of Eli, the son of Melchi.
7-9 σκοποῦwatchman, guard τοίνυνtruly now, hence, therefore ἡμῖνus, our κειμένουto be present, to lie down τοῦthe ἸωσήφJoseph , ἀποδεικτέονone must prove πῶςhow? in what way? ἑκάτεροςeach αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same πατὴρfather ἱστορεῖταιto inquire into a thing, to learn by inquiry , who, which, that; +enclitic=the τεand, both, if ἸακὼβJacob the; oh ἀπὸfrom, away from ΣολομῶνοςSolomon καὶand, also, even, then, next ἩλὶEli the; oh ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe ΝαθὰνNathan ἑκάτεροςeach κατάγοντεςto bring forth γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type , ὅπωςthat, because, when τεand, both, if πρότερονbefore, previous οὗτοιthese δήplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore , who, which, that; +enclitic=the τεand, both, if ἸακὼβJacob καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ἩλίEli , δύοboth, two, double ἀδελφοίbrother , καὶand, also, even, then, next πρόbefore γεindeed, doubtless, yet , πῶςhow? in what way? οἱthe τούτωνthese πατέρεςfather , ΜατθὰνMatthan καὶand, also, even, then, next ΜελχίMelchi , διαφόρωνdifferent ὄντεςto be γενῶνfamily, race , τοῦthe ἸωσὴφJoseph ἀναφαίνονταιto give light πάπποιgrandfather . Joseph therefore being the object proposed to us, it must be shown how it is that each is recorded to be his father, both Jacob, who derived his descent from Solomon, and Eli, who derived his from Nathan; first how it is that these two, Jacob and Eli, were brothers, and then how it is that their fathers, Matthan and Melchi, although of different families, are declared to be grandfathers of Joseph.
7-10 καὶand, also, even, then, next δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore who, which, that; +enclitic=the τεand, both, if ΜατθὰνMatthan καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΜελχίMelchi , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to μέρειpart, member τὴν‎the αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same ἀγαγόμενοιto lead, carry γυναῖκαwoman, wife , ὁμομητρίουςbrother of same mother ἀδελφοὺςbrothers ἐπαιδοποιήσαντοto beget children , τοῦthe νόμουlaw, rule μὴno, not κωλύοντοςto forbid, hinder χηρεύουσανto be bereaved , ἤτοιwhether, either, indeed ἀπολελυμένηνto be divorced, loosed, forgiven or, either, than; +πριν=before καὶand, also, even, then, next τελευτήσαντοςto end, die, finish τοῦthe ἀνδρόςman, male, husband , ἄλλῳother, another, next γαμεῖσθαιto marry · Matthan and Melchi having married in succession the same woman, begot children who were uterine brothers, for the law did not prohibit a widow, whether such by divorce or by the death of her husband, from marrying another.
7-11 ἐκout, out of δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τῆςthe ἘσθὰEsthaτοῦτοthis γὰρfor, because καλεῖσθαιto be called τὴν‎the γυναῖκαwoman, wife παραδέδοταιto deliver, give up ' πρῶτοςfirst ΜατθάνMatthan , the; oh ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe ΣολομῶνοςSolomon τὸthe γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type κατάγωνto lead down , τὸνthe ἸακὼβJacob γεννᾷto give birth to , καὶand, also, even, then, next τελευτήσαντοςto end, die, finish τοῦthe ΜατθὰνMatthan ΜελχίMelchi , the; oh ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸνthe ΝαθὰνNathan κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type ἀναφερόμενοςto bring, carry up , χηρεύουσανto be bereaved , ἐκout, out of μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τῆςthe αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same φυλῆςtribe , ἐξout, out of ἄλλουother δὲbut, and, however γένουςgeneration, family, race, nation, kind ὤνto be , ὡςas προεῖπονto tell beforehand , ἀγαγόμενοςto lead, carry, fetch, bring αὐτήνhe, she, it, -self, same , ἔσχενto have, hold υἱὸνson τὸνthe ἩλίEli . By Estha then (for this was the woman's name according to tradition) Matthan, a descendant of Solomon, first begot Jacob. And when Matthan was dead, Melchi, who traced his descent back to Nathan, being of the same tribe but of another family, married her as before said, and begot a son Eli.
7-12 οὕτωthus, even so δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore διαφόρωνdifferent δύοboth, two, double γενῶνfamily, race εὑρήσομενto find τόνthe τεand, both, if ἸακὼβJacob καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe ἩλὶEli ὁμομητρίουςbrother of same mother ἀδελφούςbrother , ὧνwho, whom, which the; oh ἕτεροςother, another, next , ἸακώβJacob , ἀτέκνουchildless τοῦthe ἀδελφοῦbrother τελευτήσαντοςto end, die, finish ἩλίEli , τὴν‎the γυναῖκαwoman, wife παραλαβώνto take, receive , ἐγέννησενto father, give birth ἐξout, out of αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same τρίτονthird 1 τὸνthe ἸωσήφJoseph , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along φύσινnatural endowment μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἑαυτῷhimself, herself, itself ( καὶand, also, even, then, next κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along λόγονstatement, word , δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of who, which, that γέγραπταιto writeἸακὼβJacob δὲbut, and, however ἐγέννησενto father, give birth τὸνthe ἸωσήφJoseph '), κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along νόμονlaw δὲbut, and, however τοῦthe ἩλὶEli υἱὸςson ἦνto be · ἐκείνῳthat γὰρfor, because the; oh ἸακώβJacob , ἀδελφὸςbrother ὤνto be , ἀνέστησενto stand up, raise up σπέρμαseed, offspring, semen . Thus we shall find the two, Jacob and Eli, although belonging to different families, yet brothers by the same mother. Of these the one, Jacob, when his brother Eli had died childless, took the latter's wife1and begot by her a son Joseph, his own son by nature and in accordance with reason. Wherefore also it is written: ‘Jacob begot Joseph.'2 But according to law he was the son of Eli, for Jacob, being the brother of the latter, raised up seed to him.
1That is, the third from Estha.
2 Matthew 1:6
7-13 δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ὅπερthe thing which οὐκno, not ἀκυρωθήσεταιto cancel καὶand, also, even, then, next the κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same γενεαλογίαgenealogy · ἣνwho, which, that ΜατθαῖοςMatthew μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. the; oh εὐαγγελιστὴςevangelist ἐξαριθμούμενοςto enumerate, countἸακὼβJacob δέbut, and, however ' φησίνto affirm, sayἐγέννησενto father, give birth τὸνthe ἸωσήφJoseph .' the; oh δὲbut, and, however ΛουκᾶςLuke ἀνάπαλινback again, oppositeὃςwho, which, that ἦνto be , ὡςas ἐνομίζετοto suppose, think ( καὶand, also, even, then, next γὰρfor, because καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦτοthis προστίθησινto gain ) τοῦthe ἸωσὴφJoseph τοῦthe ἩλὶEli τοῦthe ΜελχίMelchi .' τὴν‎the γὰρfor, because κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along νόμονlaw γένεσινgeneration ἐπισημότερονmore notable οὐκno, not ἦνto be ἐξειπεῖνto proclaim , καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸtheἐγέννησενto father, give birth ' ἐπὶon, upon, against τῆςthe τοιᾶσδεsuch παιδοποιίαςchild-bearing ἄχριuntil, up to, while τέλουςend, fulfillment ἐσιώπησενto be silent , τὴν‎the ἀναφορὰνheave or wave offering ποιησάμενοςto do, make ἕωςas far as, until, up to, even asτοῦthe ἈδὰμAdam τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod ' κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to ἀνάλυσινdeparture . οὐδὲneither, nor, never μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely ἀναπόδεικτονnot proved, undemonstrated or, either, than; +πριν=before ἐσχεδιασμένονto act carelessly, be negligent ἐστὶνto be τοῦτοthis . Hence the genealogy traced through him will not be rendered void, which the evangelist Matthew in his enumeration gives thus: ‘Jacob begot Joseph.'1 But Luke, on the other hand, says: ‘Who was the son, as was supposed' (for this he also adds), ‘of Joseph, the son of Eli, the son of Melchi';2for he could not more clearly express the generation according to law. And the expression ‘he begot' he has omitted in his genealogical table up to the end, tracing the genealogy back to ‘Adam the son of God.'3 This interpretation is neither incapable of proof nor is it an idle conjecture.
7-14 τοῦthe γοῦνtherefore, hence σωτῆροςsaviour οἱthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along σάρκαflesh συγγενεῖςrelated; relative , εἴτ᾽either/or; then; to be οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore φανητιῶντεςto love to boast εἴθ᾽Oh that!; next ἁπλῶςgenerously, simply, sincerely ἐκδιδάσκοντεςto teach thoroughly , πάντωςcertainly, by all means, all, every δὲbut, and, however ἀληθεύοντεςto be truthful , παρέδοσανto deliver up, betray καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) · ὡςas ἸδουμαῖοιIdumean λῃσταὶrobber ἈσκάλωνιAscalon πόλειcity τῆςthe ΠαλαιστίνηςPalestine ἐπελθόντεςto approach, come upon, come in , ἐξout, out of εἰδωλείουidol's temple ἈπόλλωνοςApollo , who, which, that πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τοῖςthe τείχεσινwall ἵδρυτοto make to sit down, seat , ἈντίπατρονAntipater ἩρῴδουHerod τινὸςsomeone, something ἱεροδούλουtemple-minister παῖδαchild, servant πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τοῖςthe ἄλλοιςother, another, next σύλοιςbooty αἰχμάλωτονcaptive ἀπῆγονto lead away, carry off , τῷthe δὲbut, and, however λύτραransom, payment ὑπὲρ+ GEN = in behalf of, instead of; + ACC = over, above, beyond τοῦthe υἱοῦson καταθέσθαιto grant a favour μὴno, not δύνασθαιto be able τὸνthe ἱερέαpriest the; oh ἈντίπατροςAntipater τοῖςthe τῶνthe ἸδουμαίωνIdumeans ἔθεσινcustom ἐντραφείςto bring up, nourish, educate , ὕστερονlater, afterward ὙρκανῷHyrcanus φιλοῦταιto love τῷthe τῆςthe ἸουδαίαςJudaea ἀρχιερεῖchief priest, high priest · For the relatives of our Lord according to the flesh, whether with the desire of boasting or simply wishing to state the fact, in either case truly, have handed down the following account: Some Idumean robbers, having attacked Ascalon, a city of Palestine, carried away from a temple of Apollo which stood near the walls, in addition to other booty, Antipater, son of a certain temple slave named Herod. And since the priest was not able to pay the ransom for his son, Antipater was brought up in the customs of the Idumeans, and afterward was befriended by Hyrcanus, the high priest of the Jews.
7-15 πρεσβεύσαςto be an elder δὲbut, and, however πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ΠομπήιονPompey ὑπὲρ+ GEN = in behalf of, instead of; + ACC = over, above, beyond τοῦthe ὙρκανοῦHyrcanus καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom ἐλευθερώσαςto free αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ἈριστοβούλουAristobulus τοῦthe ἀδελφοῦbrother περικοπτομένηνto cut around, mutilate , αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ηὐτύχησενto be prosperous , ἐπιμελητὴςgovernor, manager τῆςthe ΠαλαιστίνηςPalestine χρηματίσαςto negotiate, warn · διαδέχεταιto receive in turn δὲbut, and, however τὸνthe ἈντίπατρονAntipater , φθόνῳenvy, jealousy τῆςthe πολλῆςmany, much εὐτυχίαςgood luck, success δολοφονηθένταto slay by treachery , υἱὸςson ἩρῴδηςHerod ,1 ὃςwho, which, that ὕστερονlater, afterward ὑπ᾽+ G = by (agency); + A = under ἈντωνίουAnthony καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe σεβαστοῦAugustus, honourable συγκλήτουsummoned δόγματιdoctrine τῶνthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἐκρίθηto judge βασιλεύεινto rule, reign οὗwhere; who, which, that παῖδεςchild, servant ἩρῴδηςHerod 2 Οἵwho, which, that; +enclitic=the τ᾽and also ἄλλοιother, another, next τετράρχαιtetrarch . ταῦταthese (things) μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore κοινὰcommon καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῖςthe ἙλλήνωνGreeks ἱστορίαιςhistory, inquiry · And having been sent by Hyrcanus on an embassy to Pompey, and having restored to him the kingdom which had been invaded by his brother Aristobulus, he had the good fortune to be named procurator of Palestine. But Antipater having been slain by those who were envious of his great good fortune was succeeded by his son Herod,1who was afterward, by a decree of the senate, made King of the Jews under Antony and Augustus. His sons were Herod2and the other tetrarchs. These accounts agree also with those of the Greeks.
1i.e., Herod the Great
2i.e., Herod Antipas and his brothers
7-16 ἀναγράπτωνrecorded δὲbut, and, however εἰςinto, unto, for τότεthen ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe ἀρχείοιςofficial records, town-hall ὄντωνto be τῶνthe ἙβραϊκῶνHebrews γενῶνfamily, race καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἄχριuntil, up to, while προσηλύτωνimmigrant, proselyte ἀναφερομένωνto bring, carry up, offer , ὡςas ἈχιὼρAchior τοῦthe ἈμμανίτουAmmonite καὶand, also, even, then, next ῬοὺθRuth τῆςthe ΜωαβίτιδοςMoabitess , τῶνthe τεand, both, if ἀπ᾽from, away from ΑἰγύπτουEgypt συνεκπεσόντωνto rush out together with others ἐπιμίκτωνa mixed group , the; oh ἩρῴδηςHerod , οὐδένno one, none τιanything, something συμβαλλομένουto throw together, dash together τοῦthe τῶνthe ἸσραηλιτῶνIsraelites γένουςgeneration, family, race, nation, kind αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next τῷthe συνειδότιto know τῆςthe δυσγενείαςlow birth, humble κρουόμενοςto strike, smite , ἐνέπρησενto burn up αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same τὰςthe ἀναγραφὰςregistration τῶνthe γενῶνfamily, race , οἰόμενοςto suppose εὐγενὴςmore noble ἀναφανεῖσθαιto cause to give light τῷthe μηδ᾽and not, but not, neither … nor ἄλλονother, another, next ἔχεινto have, hold ἐκout, out of δημοσίουpublic συγγραφῆςrecord τὸthe γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type ἀνάγεινto restore ἐπὶon, upon, against τοὺςthe πατριάρχαςpatriarch or, either, than; +πριν=before προσηλύτουςimmigrant, proselyte τούςthe τεand, both, if καλουμένουςto call γειώραςsojourner, proselyte , τοὺςthe ἐπιμίκτουςa mixed group . But as there had been kept in the archives up to that time the genealogies of the Hebrews as well as of those who traced their lineage back to proselytes, such as Achior the Ammonite and Ruth the Moabitess, and to those who were mingled with the Israelites and came out of Egypt with them, Herod, inasmuch as the lineage of the Israelites contributed nothing to his advantage, and since he was goaded with the consciousness of his own ignoble extraction, burned all the genealogical records, thinking that he might appear of noble origin if no one else were able, from the public registers, to trace back his lineage to the patriarchs or proselytes and to those mingled with them, who were called Georae.
7-17 ὀλίγοιlittle, puny, few, brief δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τῶνthe ἐπιμελῶνcareful, attentive , ἰδιωτικὰςone's own, private ἑαυτοῖςhimself, herself, themselves, yourselves ἀπογραφὰςregister, list or, either, than; +πριν=before μνημονεύσαντεςto remember τῶνthe ὀνομάτωνname or, either, than; +πριν=before ἄλλωςotherwise ἔχοντεςto have, hold ἐξout, out of ἀντιγράφωνcopy , ἐναβρύνονταιto be conceited σῳζομένῃto save, keep τῇthe μνῄμῃremembrance τῆςthe εὐγενείαςnobility of birth · ὧνwho, whom, which ἐτύγχανονto meet οἱthe προειρημένοιto predict , ΔεσπόσυνοιDesposyni καλούμενοιto call διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τὴν‎the πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸthe σωτήριονsalvation, peace offering 1 γένοςgeneration, kind, nation, type συνάφειανconnection ἀπόfrom, away from τεand, both, if ΝαζάρωνNazara καὶand, also, even, then, next ΚωχαβαCochaba κωμῶνvillage ἸουδαϊκῶνJudea τῇthe λοιπῇremaining, rest γῇearth, ground, land ἐπιφοιτήσαντεςto come habitually καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the προκειμένηνto present, precede γενεαλογίανgenealogy ἔκout, out of τεand, both, if τῆςthe Βίβλουbook, scroll τῶνthe ἡμερῶνday ,2 ἐςinto ὅσονas long, as much, all ἐξικνοῦντοto reach, arrive at , ἐξηγησάμενοιto relate in full . A few of the careful, however, having obtained private records of their own, either by remembering the names or by getting them in some other way from the registers, pride themselves on preserving the memory of their noble extraction. Among these are those already mentioned, called Desposyni, on account of their connection with the family of the Saviour.1 Coming from Nazara and Cochaba, villages of Judea, into other parts of the world, they drew the aforesaid genealogy from memory and from the book of daily records as faithfully as possible.
1Because he is the Lord or “Despot.”
2Book of Chronicles, literally, “the book of days.”
7-18 εἴτ᾽either/or; then; to be οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore οὕτωςthus, so, this way εἴτ᾽either/or; then; to be ἄλλωςotherwise ἔχοιto have, hold , σαφεστέρανclearer ἐξήγησινexplanation οὐκno, not ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἔχοιto have, hold τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing ἄλλοςother, another, next ἐξευρεῖνto find out , ὡςas ἔγωγεI, me νομίζωto think, suppose πᾶςevery, all τεand, both, if ὃςwho, which, that εὐγνώμωνreasonable τυγχάνειto happen, meet , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἡμῖνus, our αὕτηthis μελέτωto care, concern , εἰ[Conj] if, since καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀμάρτυρόςwithout a witness ἐστινto be , τῷthe μὴno, not κρείττοναbetter or, either, than; +πριν=before ἀληθεστέρανmore truthful, more sincere ἔχεινto have, hold εἰπεῖνto speak, talk, say · τόthe γέyet, doubtless, indeed, also τοιand yet, surely εὐαγγέλιονgood news, gospel πάντωςcertainly, by all means, all, every ἀληθεύειto tell the truth .” καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπὶon, upon, against τέλειto end δὲbut, and, however τῆςthe αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐπιστολῆςepistle, letter προστίθησιto gain ταῦταthese (things) · “ΜατθὰνMatthan the; oh ἀπὸfrom, away from ΣολομῶνοςSolomon ἐγέννησεto father, generate τὸνthe ἸακώβJacob . Whether then the case stand thus or not no one could find a clearer explanation, according to my own opinion and that of every candid person. And let this suffice us, for, although we can urge no testimony in its support, we have nothing better or truer to offer. In any case the Gospel states the truth.” And at the end of the same epistle he adds these words: “Matthan, who was descended from Solomon, begot Jacob.
7-19 ΜατθὰνMatthan ἀποθανόντοςto die , ΜελχὶMelchi the; oh ἀπὸfrom, away from ΝαθὰνNathan ἐκout, out of τῆςthe αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same γυναικὸςwife, woman ἐγέννησεto father, generate τὸνthe ἩλίEli . ὁμομήτριοιbrother of same mother ἄραthen, therefore, perhaps ἀδελφοὶbrother ἩλὶEli καὶand, also, even, then, next ἸακώβJacob . ἩλὶEli ἀτέκνουchildless ἀποθανόντοςto die the; oh ἸακὼβJacob ἀνέστησενto stand up, raise up αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same σπέρμαseed, offspring, semen , γεννήσαςto give birth τὸνthe ἸωσήφJoseph , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along φύσινnatural endowment μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἑαυτῷhimself, herself, itself , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along νόμονlaw δὲbut, and, however τῷthe ἩλίEli . οὕτωςthus, so, this way ἀμφοτέρωνboth ἦνto be υἱὸςson the; oh ἸωσήφJoseph .” And when Matthan was dead, Melchi, who was descended from Nathan begot Eli by the same woman. Eli and Jacob were thus uterine brothers. Eli having died childless, Jacob raised up seed to him, begetting Joseph, his own son by nature, but by law the son of Eli. Thus Joseph was the son of both.”
7-20 Τοσαῦταso much the; oh ἈφρικανόςAfricanus . καὶand, also, even, then, next δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore τοῦthe ἸωσὴφJoseph ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like γενεαλογουμένουto trace descent , δυνάμειpower, ability καὶand, also, even, then, next the ΜαρίαMary σὺν+D=with αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same πέφηνενto shine, give light ἐκout, out of τῆςthe αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same οὖσαto be φυλῆςtribe , εἴConj: if; Verb: to be γεindeed, doubtless, yet κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe ΜωυσέωςMoses νόμονlaw οὐκno, not ἐξῆνit is allowed, possible ἑτέραιςother, next ἐπιμίγνυσθαιto mix with φυλαῖςtribes · ἑνὶone γὰρfor, because τῶνthe ἐκout, out of τοῦthe αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same δήμουpeople καὶand, also, even, then, next πατριᾶςfamily τῆςthe αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same ζεύγνυσθαιyoke πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with γάμονmarriage, wedding παρακελεύεταιto recommend , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever μὴno, not περιστρέφοιτοto rotate, whirl around τοῦthe γένουςgeneration, family, race, nation, kind the; oh κλῆροςallotment, share, pension ἀπὸfrom, away from φυλῆςtribe ἐπὶon, upon, against φυλήνtribe, family . ὡδὶthus, in this way μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) ἐχέτωto have, hold . Thus far Africanus. And the lineage of Joseph being thus traced, Mary also is virtually shown to be of the same tribe with him, since, according to the law of Moses, intermarriages between different tribes were not permitted. For the command is to marry one of the same family and lineage, so that the inheritance may not pass from tribe to tribe. This may suffice here.

Chapter 8

8-1 Ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but γὰρfor, because τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist γεννηθέντοςto be born ταῖςthe προφητείαιςprophecies ἀκολούθωςconsistently ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ΒηθλεὲμBethlehem τῆςthe ἸουδαίαςJudaea κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοὺςthe δεδηλωμένουςto make visible; to report χρόνουςtime , ἩρῴδηςHerod ἐπὶon, upon, against τῇthe τῶνthe ἐξout, out of ἀνατολῆςeast, dawn μάγωνscientists, wise men ἀνερωτήσειto question ὅπῃcave, cavern εἴηto be διαπυνθανομένωνto find out the; oh τεχθεὶςto be born βασιλεὺςking τῶνthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews , ἑορακέναιto see γὰρfor, because αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τὸνthe ἀστέραstar καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe τοσῆσδεso strong, so much πορείαςdistance, journey τοῦτ᾽this αἴτιονresponsible, guilty αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same γεγονέναιto become, come to be , οἷαsuch as, of what sort ΘεῷGod προσκυνῆσαιto worship τῷthe τεχθέντιto engender διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of σπουδῆςspeed, haste, anxiety πεποιημένοιςto do, make , οὐno, not σμικρῶςsmall, little ἐπὶon, upon, against τῷthe πράγματιthing , ἅτεsince, just as κινδυνευούσηςto be in danger , ὥςas, so γεindeed, doubtless, yet δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore ᾤετοto think, suppose , αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τῆςthe ἀρχῆςbeginning; ruler , διακινηθείςto move along , πυθόμενοςto understand τῶνthe παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τῷthe ἔθνειnation, gentile νομοδιδασκάλωνteacher of the law ποῦwhere τὸνthe ΧριστὸνChrist γεννηθήσεσθαιto beget προσδοκῷενto expect , ὡςas ἔγνωto know τὴν‎the ΜιχαίουMicah προφητείανprophecy ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ΒηθλεὲμBethlehem προαναφωνοῦσανto pronounce before , ἑνὶone προστάγματιorder, command τοὺςthe ὑπομαζίουςsucking, under the breast ἔνin, on, by, with, to τεand, both, if τῇthe ΒηθλεὲμBethlehem καὶand, also, even, then, next πᾶσιevery, all τοῖςthe ὁρίοιςborders, districts, counties αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same ἀπὸfrom, away from διετοῦςtwo years καὶand, also, even, then, next κατωτέρωunder, beneath παῖδαςchild, servant , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe ἀπηκριβωμένονto be finished αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same χρόνονtime παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τῶνthe μάγωνscientists, wise men , ἀναιρεθῆναιto take away, destroy προστάττειto command, order, place , πάντωςcertainly, by all means, all, every πουabout; where? καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua , ὥςas, so γεindeed, doubtless, yet ἦνto be εἰκόςreasonable , τῆςthe αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same τοῖςthe ὁμήλιξιof the same age συναπολαῦσαιto share συμφορᾶςcalamities οἰόμενοςto suppose . When Christ was born, according to the prophecies, in Bethlehem of Judea, at the time indicated, Herod was not a little disturbed by the inquiry of the magi who came from the east, asking where he who was born King of the Jews was to be found — for they had seen his star, and this was their reason for taking so long a journey; for they earnestly desired to worship the infant as God, — for he imagined that his kingdom might be endangered; and he inquired therefore of the doctors of the law, who belonged to the Jewish nation, where they expected Christ to be born. When he learned that the prophecy of Micah1announced that Bethlehem was to be his birthplace he commanded, in a single edict, all the male infants in Bethlehem, and all its borders, that were two years of age or less, according to the time which he had accurately ascertained from the magi, to be slain, supposing that Jesus, as was indeed likely, would share the same fate as the others of his own age.
8-2 φθάνειto come, arrive γεindeed, doubtless, yet μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely τὴν‎the ἐπιβουλὴνplot, scheme εἰςinto, unto, for ΑἴγυπτονEgypt διακομισθεὶςto carry over; rethink the; oh παῖςchild, servant , δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐπιφανείαςappearing, surface ἀγγέλουangel, messenger τὸthe μέλλονto intend, be about to προμεμαθηκότωνto learn beforehand αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τῶνthe γονέωνparent . ταῦταthese (things) μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next the ἱερὰsacred things τοῦthe εὐαγγελίουgood news, gospel διδάσκειto teach γραφήscripture · But the child anticipated the snare, being carried into Egypt by his parents, who had learned from an angel that appeared unto them what was about to happen. These things are recorded by the Holy Scriptures in the Gospel. (Matthew 2)
8-3 ἄξιονworthy δ᾽but, and, however, now ἐπὶon, upon, against τούτοιςthese συνιδεῖνto see τἀπίχειραwages, pay τῆςthe ἩρῴδουHerod κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ὁμηλίκωνof the same age αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τόλμηςcourage , ὡςas παραυτίκαmomentary , μηδὲand not, but not; neither … nor σμικρᾶςsmall, little ἀναβολῆςwrinkle, mantle γεγενημένηςbecome, come into being , the θείαgod, divine δίκηjustice περιόνταto go around ἔτ᾽while αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same τῷthe βίῳlife, livelihood μετελήλυθενto go among , τὰthe τῶνthe μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὴν‎the ἐνθένδεhence, thereafter ἀπαλλαγὴνto release διαδεξομένωνto receive in turn; to show plainly αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἐπιδεικνῦσαto exhibit as a specimen προοίμιαpreface, introduction . It is worth while, in addition to this, to observe the reward which Herod received for his daring crime against Christ and those of the same age. For immediately, without the least delay, the divine vengeance overtook him while he was still alive, and gave him a foretaste of what he was to receive after death.
8-4 ὡςas μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore τὰςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same νομισθείσαςto think, suppose εὐπραγίαςwelfare, success ταῖςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe οἶκονhouse, home ἐπαλλήλοιςone after another ἠμαύρωσενto make dim, faint συμφοραῖςmisfortune , γυναικὸςwife, woman καὶand, also, even, then, next τέκνωνdescendant, child καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe λοιπῶνremaining τῶνthe μάλισταespecially, most of all, particularly πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with γένουςgeneration, family, race, nation, kind ἀναγκαιοτάτωνmost necessary, nearest τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next φιλτάτωνnearest and dearest μιαιφονίαιςmurder , οὐδὲneither, nor, never οἷόνso, such as τεand, both, if νῦνnow; mouse καταλέγεινto recount, tell , τραγικὴνtragic ἅπασανwhole, all δραματουργίανdrama ἐπισκιαζούσηςto overshadow τῆςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τούτωνthese ὑποθέσεωςbasic doctrine , ἣνwho, which, that εἰςinto, unto, for πλάτοςwide, width ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ταῖςthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἱστορίαιςhistory, inquiry the; oh ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph διελήλυθενto go through · It is not possible to relate here how he tarnished the supposed felicity of his reign by successive calamities in his family, by the murder of wife and children, and others of his nearest relatives and dearest friends. The account, which casts every other tragic drama into the shade, is detailed at length in the histories of Josephus.
8-5 ὡςas δ᾽but, and, however, now ἅμαat once, together, both, early τῇthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἄλλωνother νηπίωνbabies ἐπιβουλῇa plot, scheme θεήλατοςdriven by a god αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same καταλαβοῦσαto seize, win μάστιξwhip εἰςinto, unto, for θάνατονdeath συνήλασενto be with, follow , οὐno, not χεῖρονworse καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe φωνῶνlanguages, voices, sounds τοῦthe συγγραφέωςhistorian ἐπακοῦσαιto hear, listen, heed , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along λέξινspeech ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἑπτακαιδεκάτῳseventeenth τῆςthe ἸουδαϊκῆςJews Ἀρχαιολογίαςancient history τὴν‎the καταστροφὴνdestruction τοῦthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same βίουlife, livelihood τοῦτονthis γράφοντοςto write τὸνthe τρόπονway, manner, fashion · How, immediately after his crime against our Saviour and the other infants, the punishment sent by God drove him on to his death, we can best learn from the words of that historian who, in the seventeenth book of his Antiquities of the Jews, writes as follows concerning his end:
ἩρῴδῃHerod δὲbut, and, however μειζόνωςgreatly the νόσοςsickness ἐνεπικραίνετοto be bitter against , δίκηνjustice, judgment ὧνwho, whom, which παρηνόμησενto break the law; act unlawfully ἐκπρασσομένουto bring about, achieve τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod . “But the disease of Herod grew more severe, God inflicting punishment for his crimes.
8-6 πῦρfire μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. γὰρfor, because μαλακὸνsoft ἦνto be , οὐχno, not, no indeed ὧδεhere πολλὴνmany, much ἀποσημαῖνονto notify τοῖςthe ἐπαφωμένοιςto touch on the surface, touch lightly τὴν‎the φλόγωσινburning heat, inflammation , ὅσηνas great as τοῖςthe ἐντὸςinterior, inside προσετίθειto add τὴν‎the κάκωσινmistreatment, oppression , ἐπιθυμίαdesire, lust δὲbut, and, however δεινὴdreadful, terrible τοῦthe δέξασθαίto take, receive τιanything, something , οὐδὲneither, nor, never ἦνto be μὴno, not οὐχno, not, no indeed ὑπουργεῖνto assist, be helpful , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἕλκωσιςulceration τῶνthe τεand, both, if ἐντέρωνintestine καὶand, also, even, then, next μάλισταespecially, most of all, particularly τοῦthe κόλουcolon δειναὶterrible ἀλγηδόνεςpain, suffering καὶand, also, even, then, next φλέγμαflame, fire, heat ὑγρὸνmoist περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοὺςthe πόδαςfoot καὶand, also, even, then, next διαυγέςtransparent · For a slow fire burned in him which was not so apparent to those who touched him, but augmented his internal distress; for he had a terrible desire for food which it was not possible to resist. He was affected also with ulceration of the intestines, and with especially severe pains in the colon, while a watery and transparent humor settled about his feet.
8-7 παραπλησίαcoming near, resembling δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τὸthe ἦτρονabdomen κάκωσιςmistreatment ἦνto be , ναὶyes μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe αἰδοίουmodest, bashful σῆψιςfermentation, decay , σκώληκαςworm ἐμποιοῦσαto make in, put in , πνεύματόςspirit, breath, wind τεand, both, if ὀρθίαhigh, upright ἔντασιςinscribing , καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὴhe, she, it, -self, same λίανexceedingly, greatly, very ἀηδὴςunpleasant ἀχθηδόνιweight, burden τεand, both, if τῆςthe ἀποφορᾶςtax καὶand, also, even, then, next τῷthe πυκνῷfrequent, numerous τοῦthe ἄσθματοςbreath , ἐσπασμένοςto draw (a sword) He suffered also from a similar trouble in his abdomen. Nay more, his privy member was putrefied and produced worms. He found also excessive difficulty in breathing, and it was particularly disagreeable because of the offensiveness of the odor and the rapidity of respiration.
8-8 τεand, both, if περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around πᾶνevery, all ἦνto be μέροςin detail, partly, one after another , ἰσχὺνan expert, might, strength οὐχno, not, no indeed ὑπομενητὴνendurable προστιθέμενοςto put to, persist . He had convulsions also in every limb, which gave him uncontrollable severity.
8-9 ἐλέγετοto speak, talk, say γοῦνtherefore, hence ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τῶνthe θειαζόντωνto be inspired, frenzied καὶand, also, even, then, next οἷςwho, which ταῦταthese (things) προαποφθέγγεσθαιto possess the power of divination σοφίαwisdom πρόκειταιto set before , ποινὴνto punish τοῦthe πολλοῦmany, much καὶand, also, even, then, next δυσσεβοῦςungodly ταύτηνthis the; oh ΘεὸςGod εἰσπράττεσθαιto collect taxes παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τοῦthe βασιλέωςking .” It was said, indeed, by those who possessed the power of divination and wisdom to explain such events, that God had inflicted this punishment upon the King on account of his great impiety.”
8-10 Ταῦταthese (things) μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῇthe δηλωθείσῃto make visible; to report γραφῇscripture, writing παρασημαίνεταιto counterseal the; oh προειρημένοςto speak before · καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῇthe δευτέρᾳsecond, again (Monday) δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe ἹστοριῶνHistory τὰthe παραπλήσιαcoming near περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same παραδίδωσινto give over , ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like γράφωνto write · The writer mentioned above recounts these things in the work referred to. And in the second book of his History he gives a similar account of the same Herod, which runs as follows:
8-11 Ἔνθενfrom here αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τὸthe σῶμαbody πᾶνevery, all the νόσοςsickness διαλαβοῦσαto comprehend ποικίλοιςvarious πάθεσινsuffering ἐμέριζενto divide, distribute . πυρετὸςfever μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. γὰρfor, because ἦνto be χλιαρόςlukewarm, tepid , κνησμὸςitching δ᾽but, and, however, now ἀφόρητοςintolerable τῆςthe ἐπιφανείαςappearing, surface ὅληςwhole, all καὶand, also, even, then, next κόλουcolon συνεχεῖςconstantly ἀλγηδόνεςpain, suffering περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τεand, both, if τοὺςthe πόδαςfoot ὡςas ὑδρωπιῶντοςto have dropsy οἰδήματαswelling, tumour τοῦthe τεand, both, if ἤτρουabdomen φλεγμονὴfiery heat καὶand, also, even, then, next δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of αἰδοίουmodest, bashful σηπεδὼνdecay, putrefaction σκώληκαworm γεννῶσαto give birth , πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τούτοιςthese ὀρθόπνοιαbreathing only in an upright posture καὶand, also, even, then, next δύσπνοιαshortness of breath καὶand, also, even, then, next σπασμοὶspasm, convulsion πάντωνevery, all τῶνthe μελῶνmember, limb , ὥστεtherefore, so that, in order that τοὺςthe ἐπιθειάζονταςto call upon God ποινὴνto punish εἶναιto be τὰthe νοσήματαdisease, sickness λέγεινto speak, talk, say . The disease then seized upon his whole body and distracted it by various torments. For he had a slow fever, and the itching of the skin of his whole body was insupportable. He suffered also from continuous pains in his colon, and there were swellings on his feet like those of a person suffering from dropsy, while his abdomen was inflamed and his privy member so putrefied as to produce worms. Besides this he could breathe only in an upright posture, and then only with difficulty, and he had convulsions in all his limbs, so that the diviners said that his diseases were a punishment.
8-12 the; oh δὲbut, and, however παλαίωνancient, old; to make old/worn out τοσούτοιςso great, so much πάθεσινsuffering ὅμωςeven, at the same time τοῦthe ζῆνto live ἀντείχετοto withstand , σωτηρίανsalvation τεand, both, if ἤλπιζενto hope , καὶand, also, even, then, next θεραπείαςattendance, healing ἐπενόειto think on . διαβὰςto cross over, go through γοῦνtherefore, hence τὸνthe ἸορδάνηνJordan τοῖςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ΚαλλιρόηνCallirhoe θερμοῖςhot, warm ἐχρῆτοto use · ταῦταthese (things) δὲbut, and, however ἔξεισινto go out μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. εἰςinto, unto, for τὴν‎the ἈσφαλτῖτινAsphaltites, Asphaltic λίμνηνlake , ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under γλυκύτητοςsweetness δέbut, and, however ἐστιto be καὶand, also, even, then, next πότιμαdrinkable, fresh . But he, although wrestling with such sufferings, nevertheless clung to life and hoped for safety, and devised methods of cure. For instance, crossing over Jordan he used the warm baths at Callirhoë, which flow into the Lake Asphaltites, but are themselves sweet enough to drink.
8-13 δόξανglory ἐνταῦθαhere, in this place τοῖςthe ἰατροῖςphysicians ἐλαίῳolive oil θερμῷwarmth πᾶνevery, all ἀναθάλψαιto heat τὸthe σῶμαbody χαλασθὲνto lower, drop εἰςinto, unto, for ἐλαίουolive oil πλήρηfilled, full, complete πύελονtrough , ἐκλύειto relax, faint καὶand, also, even, then, next τοὺςthe ὀφθαλμοὺςeye ὡςas ἐκλυθεὶςto set free ἀνέστρεψενto return, overturn . His physicians here thought that they could warm his whole body again by means of heated oil. But when they had let him down into a tub filled with oil, his eyes became weak and turned up like the eyes of a dead person.
8-14 θορύβουturmoil δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe θεραπόντωνservant, attendant γενομένουto become, come to be , πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τὴν‎the πληγὴνplague ἀνήνεγκενto take up, carry , εἰςinto, unto, for δὲbut, and, however τὸthe λοιπὸνremaining, rest ἀπογνοὺςto renounce, reject τὴν‎the σωτηρίανsalvation , τοῖςthe τεand, both, if στρατιώταιςsoldiers ἀνὰby, each, respectively δραχμὰςdrachma πεντήκονταfifty ἐκέλευσενto command, order, urge διανεῖμαιto distribute καὶand, also, even, then, next πολλὰmany, much χρήματαgoods, money, wealth τοῖςthe ἡγεμόσιgovernor, prince καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe φίλοιςloving, friend . But when his attendants raised an outcry, he recovered at the noise; but finally, despairing of a cure, he commanded about fifty drachms to be distributed among the soldiers, and great sums to be given to his generals and friends.
8-15 αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same δ᾽but, and, however, now ὑποστρέφωνto return εἰςinto, unto, for ἹεριχοῦνταJericho παραγίνεταιto arrive at , μελαγχολῶνto be melancholy, depressed ἤδηnow, already καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνονonly, alone οὐκno, not ἀπειλῶνto threaten αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τιanything, something τῷthe θανάτῳdeath · προέκοψενto increase, proceed, go past δ᾽but, and, however, now εἰςinto, unto, for ἐπιβουλὴνplot, scheme ἀθεμίτουunlawful πράξεωςfunction, business . τοὺςthe γὰρfor, because Ἀφ᾽from ἑκάστηςeach κώμηςvillage ἐπισήμουςsplended, prominent ἄνδραςman ἐξout, out of ὅληςwhole, all ἸουδαίαςJudaea συναγαγὼνto assemble εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe καλούμενονto call, name ἱππόδρομονhorse track ἐκέλευσενto command, order, urge συγκλεῖσαιto hem in , Then returning he came to Jericho, where, being seized with melancholy, he planned to commit an impious deed, as if challenging death itself. For, collecting from every town the most illustrious men of all Judea, he commanded that they be shut up in the so-called hippodrome.
8-16 προσκαλεσάμενοςto summon, call for δὲbut, and, however ΣαλώμηνSalome τὴν‎the ἀδελφὴνsister καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe ἄνδραmale, husband ταύτηςthis ἈλεξᾶνAlexanderοἶδαto know ' ἔφηto speak, talk, sayἸουδαίουςJews τὸνthe ἐμὸνmy, mine ἑορτάσονταςto celebrate festival θάνατονdeath , δύναμαιto be able δὲbut, and, however πενθεῖσθαιto mourn, grieve δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἑτέρωνother, another, next καὶand, also, even, then, next λαμπρὸνbright ἐπιτάφιονat a tomb σχεῖνto have, hold , ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ὑμεῖςyou θελήσητεto want, wish, will, plan ταῖςthe ἐμαῖςmy, mine ἐντολαῖςcommand, commandment ὑπουργῆσαιto be helpful, assist . Τούσδεthis τοὺςthe φρουρουμένουςto keep, guard ἄνδραςman , ἐπειδὰνwhenever ἐκπνεύσωto breath out, die , τάχισταquickly, speedily κτείνατεto kill περιστήσαντεςto place around, surround τοὺςthe στρατιώταςsoldiers , ἵναin order that, so that πᾶσαevery, all ἸουδαίαJudaea καὶand, also, even, then, next πᾶςevery, all οἶκοςhouse, home καὶand, also, even, then, next ἄκωνunwilling ἐπ᾽on, upon, against ἐμοὶmy, mine δακρύσῃto weep.' ” And having summoned Salome, his sister, and her husband, Alexander, he said: 'I know that the Jews will rejoice at my death. But I may be lamented by others and have a splendid funeral if you are willing to perform my commands. When I shall expire surround these men, who are now under guard, as quickly as possible with soldiers, and slay them, in order that all Judea and every house may weep for me even against their will.'
8-17 καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after βραχέαshort, little φησίνto affirm, sayαὖθιςback again δέbut, and, however , καὶand, also, even, then, next γὰρfor, because ἐνδείᾳpoverty τροφῆςfood, nourishment καὶand, also, even, then, next βηχὶcough σπασμώδειconvulsive, spasmodic διετείνετοto stretch fully , τῶνthe ἀλγηδόνωνpain ἡσθεὶςto be pleased with φθάσαιto come before, precede τὴν‎the εἱμαρμένηνto receive as one's portion ἐπεβάλλετοto throw upon · λαβὼνto take, receive δὲbut, and, however μῆλονapple , ᾔτησεto ask for καὶand, also, even, then, next μαχαίριονscalpel · εἰώθειto be accustomed γὰρfor, because ἀποτέμνωνto cut off, sever ἐσθίεινto eat · ἔπειταafterward, then, next περιαθρήσαςto inspect all around, consider carefully μήno, not τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing the; oh κωλύσωνto forbid, prevent αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same εἴηto be , ἐπῆρενto raise up, exalt τὴν‎the δεξιὰνright side, right hand ὡςas πλήξωνto strike with terror ἑαυτόνhimself, herself, itself .” And after a little Josephus says, “And again he was so tortured by want of food and by a convulsive cough that, overcome by his pains, he planned to anticipate his fate. Taking an apple he asked also for a knife, for he was accustomed to cut apples and eat them. Then looking around to see that there was no one to hinder, he raised his right hand as if to stab himself.”
8-18 ἐπὶon, upon, against δὲbut, and, however τούτοιςthese the; oh αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἱστορεῖto inquire into; record συγγραφεὺςwriter ἕτερονother, another, next αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same γνήσιονgenuine, sincerity παῖδαchild, servant πρὸbefore τῆςthe ἐσχάτηςlast τοῦthe βίουlife, livelihood τελευτῆςend, death , τρίτονthird ἐπὶon, upon, against δυσὶνboth, two ἤδηnow, already προανῃρημένοιςto take away before , δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐπιτάξεωςinjunction ἀνελόνταto take up , παραχρῆμαimmediately τὴν‎the ζωὴνlife οὐno, not μετὰ+G=with; +A=after σμικρῶνsmall, little ἀλγηδόνωνpain ἀπορρῆξαιaporrhxai . In addition to these things the same writer records that he slew another of his own sons before his death, the third one slain by his command, and that immediately afterward he breathed his last, not without excessive pain.
8-19 καὶand, also, even, then, next τοιοῦτοsuch μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τὸthe πέραςend, farthest part τῆςthe ἩρῴδουHerod γέγονενto become, come to be τελευτῆςend, death , ποινὴνto punish δικαίανrighteous, just ἐκτίσαντοςto pay in full ὧνwho, whom, which ἀμφὶabout τὴν‎the ΒηθλεὲμBethlehem ἀνεῖλενto destroy, kill, take away παίδωνchild τῆςthe τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἐπιβουλῆςplot, scheme ἕνεκαfor sake of, because · Such was the end of Herod, who suffered a just punishment for his slaughter of the children of Bethlehem, which was the result of his plots against our Saviour.
8-20 μετ᾽+G=with; +A=after ἣνwho, which, that ἄγγελοςangel, messenger ὄναρdream ἐπιστὰςto stand over, be present ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ΑἰγύπτῳEgypt διατρίβοντιto reside, stay, rub τῷthe ἸωσὴφJoseph ἀπᾶραιto depart ἅμαat once, together, both, early τῷthe παιδὶchild, servant καὶand, also, even, then, next τῇthe τούτουthis μητρὶmother ἐπὶon, upon, against τὴν‎the ἸουδαίανJudaea παρακελεύεταιto recommend , τεθνηκέναιto die δηλῶνto indicate, mean τοὺςthe ἀναζητοῦνταςto investigate τὴν‎the ψυχὴνsoul, person τοῦthe παιδίουlittle child . τούτοιςthese δ᾽but, and, however, now the; oh εὐαγγελιστὴςevangelist ἐπιφέρειto bring, grant λέγωνto speak, talk, sayἀκούσαςto hear δὲbut, and, however ὅτιbecause, for, that, since ἈρχέλαοςArchelaus βασιλεύειto reign ἀντὶagainst, instead of ἩρῴδουHerod τοῦthe πατρὸςfather αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἐφοβήθηto fear, respect, revere ἐκεῖthere ἀπελθεῖνto go away, depart · χρηματισθεὶςto warn δὲbut, and, however κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to ὄναρdream ἀνεχώρησενto go away, retreat εἰςinto, unto, for τὰthe μέρηregion, part τῆςthe ΓαλιλαίαςGalilee.' After this an angel appeared in a dream to Joseph in Egypt and commanded him to go to Judea with the child and its mother, revealing to him that those who had sought the life of the child were dead. To this the evangelist adds, “But when he heard that Archelaus reigned in the place of his father Herod he was afraid to go there; notwithstanding being warned of God in a dream he turned aside into the parts of Galilee.1

Chapter 9

9-1 Τῇthe δ᾽but, and, however, now ἐπὶon, upon, against τὴν‎the ἀρχὴνrule, beginning μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὸνthe ἩρῴδηνHerod τοῦthe ἈρχελάουArchelaus καταστάσειto set down συνᾴδειto sing with καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh προειρημένοςto speak before ἱστορικόςhistorical, historian , τόνthe τεand, both, if τρόπονway, manner, fashion ἀναγράφωνpublic records , καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὃνwhom, which, that ἐκout, out of διαθηκῶνcovenant ἩρῴδουHerod τοῦthe πατρὸςfather ἐπικρίσεώςinterpretation τεand, both, if ΚαίσαροςCaesar ΑὐγούστουAugustus τὴν‎the κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom διεδέξατοto receive; to show plainly , καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas τῆςthe ἀρχῆςbeginning; ruler μετὰ+G=with; +A=after δεκαέτηten years old χρόνονtime ἀποπεσόντοςto fall away οἱthe ἀδελφοὶbrother ΦίλιππόςPhilip τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh νέοςyoung, new ἩρῴδηςHerod ἅμαat once, together, both, early ΛυσανίᾳLysanias τὰςthe ἑαυτῶνthemselves διεῖπονto tell fully τετραρχίαςtetrarchy . The historian already mentioned agrees with the evangelist concerning the fact that Archelaus succeeded to the government after Herod. He records the manner in which he received the kingdom of the Jews by the will of his father Herod and by the decree of Caesar Augustus, and how, after he had reigned ten years, he lost his kingdom, and his brothers Philip and Herod the younger, with Lysanias, still ruled their own tetrarchies.
9-2 the; oh δ᾽but, and, however, now αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳeighteenth τῆςthe Ἀρχαιολογίαςancient history κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸthe δωδέκατονtwelfth ἔτοςyear τῆςthe ΤιβερίουTiberius βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen ( τοῦτονthis γὰρfor, because τὴν‎the καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὅλωνall, whole ἀρχὴνrule, beginning διαδέξασθαιto receive in turn; to show plainly ἑπτὰseven, seventh ἐπὶon, upon, against πεντήκονταfifty ἔτεσινyear τὴν‎the ἡγεμονίανregiment, company, headquarters ἐπικρατήσαντοςto rule over ΑὐγούστουAugustus) ΠόντιονPontius ΠιλᾶτονPilate τὴν‎the ἸουδαίανJudaea ἐπιτραπῆναιto turn to δηλοῖto indicate, signify , ἐνταῦθαhere, in this place δὲbut, and, however ἐφ᾽on, upon, over, by ὅλοιςwhole, entire, all ἔτεσινyear δέκαten σχεδὸνnearly, almost εἰςinto, unto, for αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same παραμεῖναιto survive, remain τὴν‎the ΤιβερίουTiberius τελευτήνend, death, limit . The same writer, in the eighteenth book of his Antiquities, says that about the twelfth year of the reign of Tiberius, who had succeeded to the empire after Augustus had ruled fifty-seven years, Pontius Pilate was entrusted with the government of Judea, and that he remained there ten full years, almost until the death of Tiberius.
9-3 οὐκοῦνcertainly not; then σαφῶςclearly ἀπελήλεγκταιto refute τὸthe πλάσμαformed thing, thing moulded τῶνthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ὑπομνήματαrecord, remembrance χθὲςyesterday καὶand, also, even, then, next πρῴηνbefore, previously διαδεδωκότωνto hand over, pass on , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to οἷςwho, which πρῶτοςfirst αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same the; oh τῆςthe παρασημειώσεωςmarginal note χρόνοςtime τῶνthe πεπλακότωνto form, mould ἀπελέγχειto refute τὸthe ψεῦδοςlie, falsehood . Accordingly the forgery of those who have recently given currency to acts against our Saviour is clearly proved. For the very date given in them shows the falsehood of their fabricators.
9-4 ἐπὶon, upon, against τῆςthe τετάρτηςfour δ᾽but, and, however, now οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore ὑπατείαςthe office ΤιβερίουTiberius , who, which γέγονενto become, come to be ἔτουςyear ἑβδόμουseventh τῆςthe βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , τὰthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τὸthe σωτήριονsalvation, peace offering πάθοςpassion, suffering αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same τολμηθένταto undertake περιέχειto contain, astonish, surround , καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὃνwhom, which, that δείκνυταιto show χρόνονtime μηδ᾽and not, but not, neither … nor ἐπιστάςto set up, erect πωuntil now τῇthe ἸουδαίᾳJudea ΠιλᾶτοςPilate , εἴConj: if; Verb: to be γεindeed, doubtless, yet τῷthe ἸωσήπῳJosephus, Joseph μάρτυριwitness χρήσασθαιto proclaim, provide δέονto be appropriate; to need , σαφῶςclearly οὕτωςthus, so, this way σημαίνοντιto signal, show, indicate κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the δηλωθεῖσανto make visible; to report αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same γραφὴscripture, document ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore δωδεκάτῳtwelfth ἐνιαυτῷyear τῆςthe ΤιβερίουTiberius βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen ἐπίτροποςguardian τῆςthe ἸουδαίαςJudaea ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ΤιβερίουTiberius καθίσταταιto set down ΠιλᾶτοςPilate . For the things which they have dared to say concerning the passion of the Saviour are put into the fourth consulship of Tiberius, which occurred in the seventh year of his reign; at which time it is plain that Pilate was not yet ruling in Judea, if the testimony of Josephus is to be believed, who clearly shows in the above-mentioned work that Pilate was made procurator of Judea by Tiberius in the twelfth year of his reign.

Chapter 10

10-1 Ἐπὶon, upon, against τούτωνthese δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe εὐαγγελιστὴνevangelist ἔτοςyear πεντεκαιδέκατονfifteenth ΤιβερίουTiberius ΚαίσαροςCaesar ἄγοντοςto lead, bring τέταρτονfour, fourth δὲbut, and, however τῆςthe ἡγεμονίαςgovernor ΠοντίουPontius ΠιλάτουPilate , τῆςthe τεand, both, if λοιπῆςremaining, the rest ἸουδαίαςJudaea τετραρχούντωνto be tetrarch ἩρῴδουHerod καὶand, also, even, then, next ΛυσανίουLysanias καὶand, also, even, then, next ΦιλίππουPhilip , the; oh σωτὴρsaviour καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριοςlord ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua the; oh ΧριστὸςChrist τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod , ἀρχόμενοςto begin, be first ὡςas εἰ[Conj] if, since ἐτῶνyear τριάκονταthirty , ἐπὶon, upon, against τὸthe ἸωάννουJohn βάπτισμαbaptism παραγίνεταιto arrive at , καταρχήνbeginning τεand, both, if ποιεῖταιto do, make τηνικαῦταat that time, then τοῦthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸthe εὐαγγέλιονgood news, gospel κηρύγματοςproclamation .1 It was in the fifteenth year of the reign of Tiberius, according to the evangelist, and in the fourth year of the governorship of Pontius Pilate, while Herod and Lysanias and Philip were ruling the rest of Judea, that our Saviour and Lord, Jesus the Christ of God, being about thirty years of age, came to John for baptism and began the promulgation of the Gospel.1
1Eusebius reckons the baptism of Christ as taking place in the fifteenth year of Tiberius, dating his accession from the death of Augustus. As he was then in his thirtieth year he was born in the 42nd year of Augustus, fourteen years before his death. There is the reckoning of time known as the Christian era.
10-2 Φησὶνto speak, talk, say δὲbut, and, however αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same the θείαgod, divine γραφὴscripture, document τὸνthe πάνταevery, all τῆςthe διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction διατελέσαιto accomplish χρόνονtime ἐπὶon, upon, against ἀρχιερέωςchief priest, high priest ἌνναAnnas καὶand, also, even, then, next ΚαϊάφαCaiaphas, δηλοῦσαto show ὅτιbecause, for, that, since δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe μεταξὺbetween τῆςthe τούτωνthese ἔτεσινyear λειτουργίαςservice, duties, ministry the; oh πᾶςevery, all τῆςthe διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same συνεπεράνθηto accomplish jointly χρόνοςtime . ἀρξαμένουto begin μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the τοῦthe ἌνναAnnas ἀρχιερωσύνηνhigh priesthood ,1 μέχριuntil, unto, as far as δὲbut, and, however τῆςthe ἀρχῆςbeginning; ruler τοῦthe ΚαϊάφαCaiaphas παραμείναντοςto stay beside οὐδ᾽neither, never ὅλοςall, whole the; oh μεταξὺbetween τετραέτηςfour years old παρίσταταιto cause to stand χρόνοςtime . The Divine Scripture says, moreover, that he passed the entire time of his ministry under the high priest1Annas and Caiaphas, showing that in the time which belonged to the priesthood of those two men the whole period of his teaching was completed. Since he began his work during the high priesthood of Annas and taught until Caiaphas held the office, the entire time does not comprise quite four years.
1The singular “highpriest” is somewhat harasher in English than in Greek, but represents the fact that according to Jewish custom there was never more than one highpriest at the same time. Luke's statement seems to contradict this fact, and Eusebius tries to explain it by interpreting the difficult phrase as meaning the period between the high priesthoods of Annas and Caiaphas.
10-3 τῶνthe γάρfor, because τοιand yet, surely κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὸνthe νόμονlaw ἤδηnow, already πωςperhaps, somehow, something like καθαιρουμένωνto remove ἐξout, out of ἐκείνουthat θεσμῶνcustoms , λέλυτοto loose μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. who, which, that διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of βίουlife, livelihood καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐκout, out of προγόνωνforefather, ancestor διαδοχῆςsuccession τὰthe τῆςthe τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod θεραπείαςattendance, healing προσήκονταto be present; be at hand ἦνto be , ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe ῬωμαϊκῶνRoman ἡγεμόνωνchief, ruler ἄλλοτεat another time ἄλλοιother, another, next τὴν‎the ἀρχιερωσύνηνhigh priesthood ἐπιτρεπόμενοιto turn over to, commit , οὐno, not πλεῖονmore, greater ἔτουςyear ἑνὸςone, any ἐπὶon, upon, against ταύτηςthis διετέλουνto continue . For the rites of the law having been already abolished since that time, the customary usages in connection with the worship of God, according to which the high priest acquired his office by hereditary descent and held it for life, were also annulled and there were appointed to the high priesthood by the Roman governors now one and now another person who continued in office not more than one year.
10-4 δ᾽but, and, however, now οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore the; oh ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph τέσσαραςfour κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along διαδοχὴνsuccession ἐπὶon, upon, against ΚαϊάφανCaiaphas Josephus relates that there were four high priests in succession from Annas to Caiaphas.
10-5 ἀρχιερεῖςchief priest, high priest μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὸνthe ἌννανAnnas διαγενέσθαιto live , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same τῆςthe Ἀρχαιολογίαςancient history γραφὴscripture, document ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like λέγωνto speak, talk, sayΟὐαλέριοςValerius ΓρᾶτοςGratus , παύσαςto stop ἱερᾶσθαιto be a priest; to serve as priest ἌνανονAnanus , ἸσμάηλονIshmael ἀρχιερέαchief priest, high priest ἀποφαίνειto show forth, display τὸνthe τοῦthe ΦαβιFabi , Thus in the same book of the Antiquities he writes as follows: “Valerius Gratus having put an end to the priesthood of Ananus appoints Ishmael, the son of Fabi, high priest.
10-6 καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦτονthis δὲbut, and, however μετ᾽+G=with; +A=after οὐno, not πολὺmany, much μεταστήσαςto remove , ἘλεάζαρονEleazer τὸνthe ἈνάνουAnanus τοῦthe ἀρχιερέωςchief priest, high priest υἱὸνson ἀποδείκνυσινto point out ἀρχιερέαchief priest, high priest . And having removed him after a little he appoints Eleazer, the son of Ananus the high priest, to the same office.
10-7 ἐνιαυτοῦyear δὲbut, and, however διαγενομένουto elapse καὶand, also, even, then, next τόνδεthis παύσαςto stop , ΣίμωνιSimon τῷthe ΚαμίθουCamithus τὴν‎the ἀρχιερωσύνηνhigh priesthood παραδίδωσινto give over . οὐno, not πλέονmore δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next τῷδεthe ἐνιαυτοῦyear τὴν‎the τιμὴνhonour, value ἔχοντιto have, hold διεγένετοto go through χρόνοςtime , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph , the; oh καὶand, also, even, then, next ΚαϊάφαςCaiaphas , διάδοχοςsuccessor, deputy ἦνto be αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same .” And having removed him also at the end of a year he gives the high priesthood to Simon, the son of Camithus. But he likewise held the honour no more than a year, when Josephus, called also Caiaphas, succeeded him.”
10-8 οὐκοῦνcertainly not; then the; oh σύμπαςthe whole of οὐδ᾽neither, never ὅλοςall, whole τετραέτηςfour years old ἀποδείκνυταιto point out τῆςthe τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction χρόνοςtime , τεσσάρωνfour ἐπὶon, upon, against τέσσαρσινfour ἔτεσινyear ἀρχιερέωνchief (high) priest ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe ἌνναAnnas καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπὶon, upon, against τὴν‎the τοῦthe ΚαϊάφαCaiaphas κατάστασινaccusation ἐνιαύσιονyearling λειτουργίανministry ἐκτετελεκότωνto finish, accomplish . τόνthe γέyet, doubtless, indeed, also τοιand yet, surely ΚαϊάφανCaiaphas ἀρχιερέαchief priest, high priest εἰκότωςexpectedly τοῦthe ἐνιαυτοῦyear , καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὃνwhom, which, that τὰthe τοῦthe σωτηρίουsalvation, peace offering πάθουςsuffering ἐπετελεῖτοto complete, accomplish , the τοῦthe εὐαγγελίουgood news, gospel παρεσημήνατοto countersign γραφήscripture , ἐξout, out of ἧςwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same οὐκno, not ἀπᾴδωνto disagree τῆςthe προκειμένηςto set before ἐπιτηρήσεωςobservation the; oh τῆςthe τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction ἀποδείκνυταιto point out χρόνοςtime . Accordingly the whole time of our Saviour's ministry is shown to have been not quite four full years, four high priests, from Annas to the accession of Caiaphas, having held office a year each. The Gospel therefore has rightly indicated Caiaphas as the high priest under whom the Saviour suffered. From which also we can see that the time of our Saviour's ministry does not disagree with the foregoing investigation.
10-9 ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but γὰρfor, because the; oh σωτὴρsaviour καὶand, also, even, then, next κύριοςlord ἡμῶνour, of us οὐno, not μετὰ+G=with; +A=after πλεῖστονmost, very great τῆςthe καταρχῆςbeginning τοῦthe κηρύγματοςproclamation τοὺςthe δώδεκαtwelve ἀποστόλουςapostle ἀνακαλεῖταιto call up , οὓςwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next μόνουςonly, alone τῶνthe λοιπῶνremaining αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same μαθητῶνdisciple κατά+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τιanything, something γέραςhonour, prize, reward ἐξαίρετονpicked out, special, excepted ἀποστόλουςapostle ὠνόμασενto call, name , καὶand, also, even, then, next αὖθιςback again ἀναδείκνυσινto exhibit ἑτέρουςother, another, next ἑβδομήκονταseventy , οὓςwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτοὺςhe, she, it, -self, same ἀπέστειλενto send forth 1 ἀνὰby, each, respectively δύοboth, two, double πρὸbefore προσώπουface αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same εἰςinto, unto, for πάνταevery, all τόπονplace καὶand, also, even, then, next πόλινcity οὗwhere; who, which, that ἤμελλενto intend, be about to αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἔρχεσθαιto come, go . Our Saviour and Lord, not long after the beginning of his ministry, called the twelve apostles, and these alone of all his disciples he named apostles, as a special honour. And again he appointed seventy others whom he sent1out two by two before his face into every place and city whither he himself was about to come.
1It is impossible in English to bring out the fact that the word “sent” is the same as that implied by the word “apostle.”

Chapter 11

11-1 Οὐκno, not εἰςinto, unto, for μακρὸνlong δὲbut, and, however τοῦthe βαπτισμῷbaptism ἸωάννουJohn ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τοῦthe νέουnew, young ἩρῴδουHerod τὴν‎the κεφαλὴνhead ἀποτμηθέντοςto cut off μνημονεύειto mention, remember μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. καὶand, also, even, then, next the θείαgod, divine τῶνthe εὐαγγελίωνgood news γραφήscripture , Not long after this John the Baptist was beheaded by the younger Herod, as is stated in the Gospels.
11-2 συνιστορεῖto know together γεindeed, doubtless, yet μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph , ὀνομαστὶby name τῆςthe τεand, both, if ἩρῳδιάοςHerodias μνήμηνmemory πεποιημένοςto do, make καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas ἀδελφοῦbrother γυναῖκαwoman, wife οὖσανto be αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same ἠγάγετοto lead πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with γάμονmarriage, wedding ἩρῴδηςHerod , ἀθετήσαςto nullify, reject μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τὴν‎the προτέρανformer, previous αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along νόμουςlaw γεγαμημένηνto marryἈρέταAretas δὲbut, and, however ἦνto be αὕτηthis τοῦthe ΠετραίωνPetra βασιλέωςking θυγάτηρdaughter ,' τὴν‎the δὲbut, and, however ἩρῳδιάδαHerodias ζῶντοςto live διαστήσαςto set apart τοῦthe ἀνδρόςman, male, husband · Josephus also records the same fact, making mention of Herodias by name, and stating that, although she was the wife of his brother, Herod made her his own wife after divorcing his former lawful wife, who was the daughter of Aretas, king of Petra, and separating Herodias from her husband while he was still alive.
11-3 δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἣνwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe ἸωάννηνJohn ἀνελὼνto kill πόλεμονbattle, strife, war αἴρεταιto take up, lift up πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe ἈρέτανAretas , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἠτιμασμένηςto esteem lightly αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τῆςthe θυγατρόςdaughter , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to who, which, that πολέμῳwar μάχηνbattle, quarrel γενομένηςto become, come to be πάνταevery, all φησὶνto affirm, say τὸνthe ἩρῴδουHerod στρατὸνarmy διαφθαρῆναιto destroy utterly καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) πεπονθέναιto suffer τῆςthe ἐπιβουλῆςplot, scheme ἕνεκενbecause of τῆςthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦthe ἸωάννουJohn γεγενημένηςbecome, come into being . It was on her account also that he slew John, and waged war with Aretas, because of the disgrace inflicted on the daughter of the latter. Josephus relates that in this war, when they came to battle, Herod's entire army was destroyed, and that he suffered this calamity on account of his crime against John.
11-4 the; oh δ᾽but, and, however, now αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἸώσηποςJosephus, Joseph ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τοῖςthe μάλισταespecially, most of all, particularly δικαιότατονmost righteous καὶand, also, even, then, next βαπτιστὴνbaptist ὁμολογῶνto promise, assure, confess γεγονέναιto become, come to be τὸνthe ἸωάννηνJohn , τοῖςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the τῶνthe εὐαγγελίωνgood news γραφὴscripture, document ἀναγεγραμμένοιςto engrave and display συμμαρτυρεῖto testify jointly , ἱστορεῖto inquire into; record δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe ἩρῴδηνHerod τῆςthe βασιλείαςroyalty, kingdom, queen ἀποπεπτωκέναιto fall away διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τὴν‎the αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same ἩρῳδιάδαHerodias , μετ᾽+G=with; +A=after ἧςwho, which, that αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰςinto, unto, for τὴν‎the ὑπερορίανabroad ἀπεληλάσθαιto drive away, expel , ΒίεννανVienne τῆςthe ΓαλλίαςGaul πόλινcity οἰκεῖνto dwell καταδικασθένταto pass judgment . The same Josephus confesses in this account that John the Baptist was an exceedingly righteous man, and thus agrees with the things written of him in the Gospels. He records also that Herod lost his kingdom on account of the same Herodias, and that he was driven into banishment with her, and condemned to live at Vienne in Gaul.
11-5 καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦτάthese things γεindeed, doubtless, yet αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ὀκτωκαιδεκάτῳeighteenth τῆςthe Ἀρχαιολογίαςancient history δεδήλωταιto show, explain , ἔνθαthen, there συλλαβαῖςword, syllable αὐταῖςhe, she, it, -self, same περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe ἸωάννουJohn ταῦταthese (things) γράφειto writeΤισὶwho δὲbut, and, however τῶνthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews ἐδόκειto suppose, appear, think, seem ὀλωλέναιto destroy τὸνthe ἩρῴδουHerod στρατὸνarmy ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod , καὶand, also, even, then, next μάλαcertainly, very δικαίωςrighteously τινυμένουto punish, avenge κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ποινὴνto punish ἸωάννουJohn τοῦthe καλουμένουto call βαπτισμῷbaptism . He relates these things in the eighteenth book of the Antiquities, where he writes of John in the following words: It seemed to some of the Jews that the army of Herod was destroyed by God, who most justly avenged John called the Baptist.
11-6 κτείνειto kill γὰρfor, because τοῦτονthis ἩρῴδηςHerod , ἀγαθὸνgood ἄνδραmale, husband καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe ἸουδαίοιςJews κελεύονταto urge ἀρετὴνdivine power, virtue, integrity ἐπασκοῦσινto labour at καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰthe πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ἀλλήλουςone another, each other Δικαιοσύνῃrighteousness καὶand, also, even, then, next πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe ΘεὸνGod εὐσεβείᾳgodliness, religion χρωμένουςto make use of βαπτισμῷbaptism συνιέναιto understand · οὕτωthus, even so γὰρfor, because δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the βάπτισινdipping, baptism ἀποδεκτὴνa receiver αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same φανεῖσθαιto illuminate; to appear , μὴno, not ἐπίon, upon, against τινωνsomeone, something ἁμαρτάδωνerror, failure, fault παραιτήσειsupplication; to beg from χρωμένωνto use, employ , ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ἐφ᾽on, upon, over, by ἁγνείᾳpurity τοῦthe σώματοςbody, corpse , ἅτεsince, just as δὴplease, indeed, also, and, now, therefore καὶand, also, even, then, next τῆςthe ψυχῆςsoul, life Δικαιοσύνῃrighteousness προεκκεκαθαρμένηςto purify beforehand . For Herod slew him, a good man and one who exhorted the Jews to come and receive baptism, practicing virtue and exercising righteousness toward each other and toward God; for baptism would appear acceptable unto Him when they employed it, not for the remission of certain sins, but for the purification of the body, as the soul had been already purified in righteousness.
11-7 καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἄλλωνother συστρεφομένωνto wrap up, twist together ( καὶand, also, even, then, next γὰρfor, because ἤρθησανto lift up ἐπὶon, upon, against πλεῖστονmost, very great τῇthe ἀκροάσειa hearing τῶνthe λόγωνstatement, word ) , δείσαςto fear; slime ἩρῴδηςHerod τὸthe ἐπὶon, upon, against τοσόνδεso strong, so much πιθανὸνpersuasive, plausible αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τοῖςthe ἀνθρώποιςman, mankind, humans , μὴno, not ἐπὶon, upon, against ἀποστάσειrevolt τινὶsomeone, something φέροιto bear, carry (πάνταevery, all γὰρfor, because ἐοίκεσανto resemble συμβουλῇadvice, counsel τῇthe ἐκείνουthat πράξοντεςto pass through, pass over), πολὺmany, much κρεῖττονbetter ἡγεῖταιto lead; to regard , πρίνbefore, prior τιanything, something νεώτερονyounger ὑπ᾽+ G = by (agency); + A = under αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same γενέσθαιto become, come to be , προλαβὼνto take in advance ἀναιρεῖνto take away, destroy , or, either, than; +πριν=before μεταβολῆςchange γενομένηςto become, come to be εἰςinto, unto, for πράγματαwork, deed ἐμπεσὼνto fall into μετανοεῖνto repent . καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ὑποψίᾳsuspicion, jealousy τῇthe ἩρῴδουHerod δέσμιοςprisoner εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe ΜαχαιροῦνταMachaera πεμφθείςto send , τὸthe προειρημένονto aforemention φρούριονstronghold , ταύτῃthis κτίννυταιto kill .”1 And when others gathered about him (for they found much pleasure in listening to his words), Herod feared that his great influence might lead to some sedition, for they appeared ready to do whatever he might advise. He therefore considered it much better, before any new thing should be done under John's influence, to anticipate it by slaying him, than to repent after revolution had come, and when he found himself in the midst of difficulties. On account of Herod's suspicion John was sent in bonds to the above-mentioned citadel of Machaera, and there slain.1
1Eusebius has slightly altered the text of Josephus. This ran: “For Herod killed him, a good man and one who commanded the Jews training themselves in virtue and practising righteousness toward one another and piety toward God to come together for baptism.” It would seem to mean that John was preaching to ascetics and suggested baptism as a final act of perfection. This explains the reference to “when the rest collected.” So long as John preached to ascetics, Herod did not mind but was disturbed when the rest of the public manifested interest. Whiston's translation of Josephus and an unnecessary emendation in the text of Niese's edition of Josephus have conspired to obscure these facts.
11-8 Ταῦταthese (things) περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe ἸωάννουJohn διελθώνto go through , καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the αὐτὴνhe, she, it, -self, same τοῦthe συγγράμματοςwriting, written paper ἱστορίανhistory, story, account ὧδέhere, hither, there, thus πωςperhaps, somehow, something like μέμνηταιto rememberΓίνεταιto become, come to be δὲbut, and, however κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τοῦτονthis τὸνthe χρόνονtime ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua , σοφὸςwise, wisdom ἀνήρman, male, husband , εἴConj: if; Verb: to be γεindeed, doubtless, yet ἄνδραmale, husband αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same λέγεινto speak, talk, say χρήought . ἦνto be γὰρfor, because παραδόξωνincredible ἔργωνwork, deed [Gen Pl N] ποιητήςa doer, performer , διδάσκαλοςteacher ἀνθρώπωνhuman, man τῶνthe ἡδονῇpleasure, desire τἀληθῆtruth, truthful, sincere δεχομένωνto take, receive , καὶand, also, even, then, next πολλοὺςmany, much μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. τῶνthe ἸουδαίωνJewish, Jews , πολλοὺςmany, much δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe ἙλληνικοῦGreek ἐπηγάγετοto bring on . the; oh ΧριστὸςChrist οὗτοςthus, so, this ἦνto be . After relating these things concerning John, he makes mention of our Saviour in the same work, in the following words: and there lived at that time Jesus, a wise man, if indeed it be proper to call him a man. For he was a doer of wonderful works, and a teacher of such men as receive the truth in gladness. And he attached to himself many of the Jews, and many also of the Greeks. He was the Christ.
11-9 καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἐνδείξειsign, omen, proof τῶνthe πρώτωνfirst ἀνδρῶνmale, man, husband παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ἡμῖνus, our σταυρῷcross ἐπιτετιμηκότοςto place a value on ΠιλάτουPilate , οὐκno, not ἐπαύσαντοto cease, stop, refrain οἱthe τὸthe πρῶτονfirst, before ἀγαπήσαντεςto greet with affection · ἐφάνηto appear, seem γὰρfor, because αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same τρίτηνthird ἔχωνto have, hold ἡμέρανday πάλινagain, back ἐπιστρέψαςto turn ζῶνto live , τῶνthe θείωνholy προφητῶνprophet ταῦτάthese things τεand, both, if καὶand, also, even, then, next ἄλλαother, another, next μυρία10,000 περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same θαυμάσιαmiraculous, wonderful εἰρηκότωνto tell, say . εἰςinto, unto, for ἔτιever, any longer, yet τεand, both, if νῦνnow; mouse τῶνthe ΧριστιανῶνChristians ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦδεthis ὠνομασμένωνto name οὐκno, not ἐπέλιπεto leave behind τὸthe φῦλονrace, people .” When Pilate, on the accusation of our principal men, condemned him to the cross, those who had loved him in the beginning did not cease loving him. For he appeared unto them again alive on the third day, the divine prophets having told these and countless other wonderful things concerning him. Moreover, the race of Christians, named after him, continues down to the present day.
11-10 Ταῦταthese (things) τοῦthe ἐξout, out of αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ἙβραίωνHebrews συγγραφέωςhistorian ἀνέκαθενfrom above τῇthe ἑαυτοῦhimself, herself, themselves γραφῇscripture, writing περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τεand, both, if τοῦthe βαπτισμῷbaptism ἸωάννουJohn καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us παραδεδωκότοςto hand over , τίςwho?, what? Why?; +enclitic=someone, something ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἔτιever, any longer, yet λείποιτοto leave ἀποφυγὴan escape τοῦthe μὴno, not ἀναισχύντουςshameless, impudent ἀπελέγχεσθαιto refute τοὺςthe τὰthe κατ᾽+G=down from; +A=according to αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same πλασαμένουςto form, mould ὑπομνήματαrecord, remembrance ;1 ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but ταῦταthese (things) μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἐχέτωto have, hold ταύτῃthis . Since an historian, who is one of the Hebrews themselves, has recorded in his work these things concerning John the Baptist and our Saviour, what excuse is there left for not convicting them of being destitute of all shame, who have forged the acts against them?1 But let this suffice here.
1The reference is again to the heathen Acts of Pilate.

Chapter 12

12-1
Τῶνthe γεindeed, doubtless, yet μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἀποστόλωνapostle παντίall, every, whole τῳthe σαφὴςclear, plain ἐκout, out of τῶνthe εὐαγγελίωνgood news the πρόσρησιςan addressing, naming · τῶνthe δὲbut, and, however ἑβδομήκονταseventy μαθητῶνdisciple κατάλογοςregister μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὐδεὶςno one, none, nothing οὐδαμῇnowhere, in no place φέρεταιto bear, carry, endure , λέγεταίto speak, talk, say γεindeed, doubtless, yet μὴνmonth; and yet, indeed, surely εἷςone αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ΒαρναβᾶςBarnabas γεγονέναιto become, come to be , οὗwhere; who, which, that διαφόρωςdifferently μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. καὶand, also, even, then, next αἱthe ΠράξειςActs τῶνthe ἀποστόλωνapostle ἐμνημόνευσανto remember , οὐχno, not, no indeed ἥκισταleast δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next ΠαῦλοςPaul ΓαλάταιςGalatians γράφωνto write . The names of the apostles of our Saviour are known to every one from the Gospels. But there exists no catalogue of the seventy disciples. Barnabas, indeed, is said to have been one of them, of whom the Acts of the Apostles makes mention in various places, and especially Paul in his Epistle to the Galatians.
12-2 τούτωνthese δ᾽but, and, however, now εἶναίto be φασιto speak, talk, say καὶand, also, even, then, next ΣωσθένηνSosthenes τὸνthe ἅμαat once, together, both, early ΠαύλῳPaul ΚορινθίοιςCorinthians ἐπιστείλανταto inform by letter · the δ᾽but, and, however, now ἱστορίαinquiry παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ΚλήμεντιClement κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along τὴν‎the πέμπτηνfifth τῶνthe ὙποτυπώσεωνHypotyposes · ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next ΚηφᾶνCephas , περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around οὗwhere; who, which, that φησινto affirm, say the; oh ΠαῦλοςPaulὅτεafter that, when, while δὲbut, and, however ἦλθενto come, go ΚηφᾶςCephas εἰςinto, unto, for ἈντιόχειανAntioch , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along πρόσωπονface, surface αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἀντέστηνto resist ,” ἕναone φησὶto affirm, say γεγονέναιto become, come to be τῶνthe ἑβδομήκονταseventy μαθητῶνdisciple , ὁμώνυμονhaving same name ΠέτρῳPeter τυγχάνονταto meet τῷthe ἀποστόλῳapostle . They say that Sosthenes also, who wrote to the Corinthians with Paul, was one of them. This is the account of Clement in the fifth book of his Hypotyposes, in which he also says that Cephas was one of the seventy disciples, a man who bore the same name as the apostle Peter, and the one concerning whom Paul says, “When Cephas came to Antioch I withstood him to his face.1
12-3 καὶand, also, even, then, next ΜατθίανMatthias δὲbut, and, however τὸνthe ἀντὶagainst, instead of ἸούδαJude, Judas τοῖςthe ἀποστόλοιςapostle συγκαταλεγένταto be numbered, recount τόνthe τεand, both, if σὺν+D=with αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same τῇthe ὁμοίᾳlike, similar ψήφῳpebble, ballot τιμηθένταto honour τῆςthe αὐτῆςhe, she, it, -self, same τῶνthe ἑβδομήκονταseventy κλήσεωςcalling, invitation ἠξιῶσθαιto think worthy κατέχειto hold fast, possess λόγοςstatement, word . Matthias, also, who was numbered with the apostles in the place of Judas, and the one who was honoured by being made a candidate with him, are likewise said to have been deemed worthy of the same calling with the seventy.
12-4 καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘαδδαῖονThaddeus δὲbut, and, however ἕναone τῶνthe αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same εἶναίto be φασιto speak, talk, say , περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around οὗwhere; who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next ἱστορίανhistory, story, account ἐλθοῦσανto come, go εἰςinto, unto, for ἡμᾶςwe, us αὐτίκαat once, immediately μάλαcertainly, very ἐκθήσομαιto make manifest, publish . They say that Thaddeus also was one of them, concerning whom I shall presently relate an account which has come down to us.
12-5 καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἑβδομήκονταseventy δὲbut, and, however πλείουςmore, greater τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour πεφηνέναιto reveal μαθητὰςdisciple εὕροιςto find ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever ἐπιτηρήσαςto watch out , μάρτυριwitness χρώμενοςto use, employ τῷthe ΠαύλῳPaul , μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὴν‎the ἐκout, out of νεκρῶνmortal, dead ἔγερσινresurrection ὦφθαιto see αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same φήσαντιto say, affirm πρῶτονfirst, before μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ΚηφᾷCephas , ἔπειταafterward, then, next τοῖςthe δώδεκαtwelve , καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τούτουςthis ἐπάνωabove, over πεντακοσίοις500 ἀδελφοῖςbrothers ἐφάπαξat once , ὧνwho, whom, which τινὰςsomeone, something μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. ἔφασκενto affirm κεκοιμῆσθαιto lull, put to sleep , τοὺςthe πλείουςmore, greater δ᾽but, and, however, now ἔτιever, any longer, yet τῷthe βίῳlife, livelihood , καθ᾽+G=down from, upon; +A=according to, along ὃνwhom, which, that καιρὸνtime, season αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ταῦταthese (things) συνετάττετοto put in order together , περιμένεινto wait · And upon examination you will find that our Saviour had more than seventy disciples, according to the testimony of Paul, who says that after his resurrection from the dead he appeared first to Cephas, then to the twelve, and after them to above five hundred brothers at once, of whom some had fallen asleep;1but the majority were still living at the time he wrote.
12-6 ἔπειταafterward, then, next δ᾽but, and, however, now ὦφθαιto see αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἸακώβῳJacob, James φησίνto affirm, say · εἷςone δὲbut, and, however καὶand, also, even, then, next οὗτοςthus, so, this τῶνthe φερομένωνto force out, to carry τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἀδελφῶνbrother ἦνto be · εἶθ᾽then; if only! ὡςas παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along τούτουςthis κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along μίμησινimitation; to imitate τῶνthe δώδεκαtwelve πλείστωνgreatest ὅσωνas great, as much ὑπαρξάντωνto exist; to begin ἀποστόλωνapostle , οἷοςsuch as καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same the; oh ΠαῦλοςPaul ἦνto be , προστίθησιto gain λέγωνto speak, talk, sayἔπειταafterward, then, next ὤφθηto see, appear τοῖςthe ἀποστόλοιςapostle πᾶσινevery, all .” ταῦταthese (things) μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῶνδεthis . Afterward he says he appeared unto James, who was one of the so-called brothers of the Saviour. But, since in addition to these, there were many others who were called apostles, in imitation of the Twelve, as was Paul himself, he adds: “Afterward he appeared to all the apostles.1 So much concerning these persons. But the story concerning Thaddeus is as follows.

Chapter 13

13-1 Τῆςthe δὲbut, and, however περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τὸνthe ΘαδδαῖονThaddeus ἱστορίαςhistory, story τοιοῦτοςsuch γέγονενto become, come to be the; oh τρόποςmanner, way . the τοῦthe κυρίουlord καὶand, also, even, then, next σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua ΧριστοῦChrist θειότηςdivinity , εἰςinto, unto, for πάνταςevery, all ἀνθρώπουςman τῆςthe παραδοξοποιοῦwonder-worker δυνάμεωςability, power ἕνεκενbecause of βοωμένηto shout , μυρίους10,000 ὅσουςas great as, much as καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἐπ᾽on, upon, against ἀλλοδαπῆςforeign, strange πορρωτάτωfurthest ὄντωνto be τῆςthe ἸουδαίαςJudaea νόσωνdisease καὶand, also, even, then, next παντοίωνof all sorts παθῶνpassions, emotions ἐλπίδιhope, assurance θεραπείαςattendance, healing The divinity of our Lord and Saviour Jesus Christ being reported abroad among all men on account of his wonder-working power, he attracted countless numbers from foreign countries lying far away from Judea, who had the hope of being cured of their diseases and of all kinds of sufferings.
13-2 ἐπήγετοto bring on; to make secure . ταύτῃthis τοιand yet, surely βασιλεὺςking ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus , τῶνthe ὑπὲρ+ GEN = in behalf of, instead of; + ACC = over, above, beyond ΕὐφράτηνEuphrates ἐθνῶνgentile, nation, people ἐπισημόταταmost notable δυναστεύωνto dominate , πάθειpassion τὸthe σῶμαbody δεινῷdreadful, terrible καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐno, not θεραπευτῷcurable ὅσονas long, as much, all ἐπ᾽on, upon, against ἀνθρωπείᾳhuman δυνάμειpower, ability καταφθειρόμενοςto destroy , ὡςas καὶand, also, even, then, next τοὔνομαnamed τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua πολὺmany, much καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰςthe δυνάμειςabilities, powers, armies συμφώνωςharmoniously πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ἁπάντωνall things μαρτυρουμέναςto bear witness ἐπύθετοto ask , ἱκέτηςsuppliant αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same πέμψαςto send δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἐπιστοληφόρουa letter-carrier γίνεταιto become, come to be , τῆςthe νόσουsickness τυχεῖνto hit a mark, meet ἀπαλλαγῆςto release ἀξιῶνto esteem . For instance the King Abgarus, who ruled with great glory the nations beyond the Euphrates, being afflicted with a terrible disease which it was beyond the power of human skill to cure, when he heard of the name of Jesus, and of his miracles, which were attested by all with one accord sent a message to him by a courier and begged him to heal his disease.
13-3 the; oh δὲbut, and, however μὴno, not τότεthen καλοῦντιto call ὑπακούσαςto hearken, hear , ἐπιστολῆςepistle, letter γοῦνtherefore, hence αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἰδίαςone's own, distinct καταξιοῖvery worthy , ἕναone τῶνthe αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same μαθητῶνdisciple ἀποστέλλεινto send forth ἐπὶon, upon, against θεραπείᾳattendant τῆςthe νόσουsickness ὁμοῦtogether τεand, both, if αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same σωτηρίᾳsalvation καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe προσηκόντωνto be present ἁπάντωνall things ὑπισχνούμενοςto promise . But he did not at that time comply with his request; yet he deemed him worthy of a personal letter in which he said that he would send one of his disciples to cure his disease, and at the same time promised salvation to himself and all his house.
13-4 οὐκno, not εἰςinto, unto, for μακρὸνlong δὲbut, and, however ἄραthen, therefore, perhaps αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἐπληροῦτοto fill τὰthe τῆςthe ἐπαγγελίαςannouncement, promise . μετὰ+G=with; +A=after γοῦνtherefore, hence τὴν‎the ἐκout, out of νεκρῶνmortal, dead ἀνάστασινresurrection αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next τὴν‎the εἰςinto, unto, for οὐρανοὺςheaven ἄνοδονascent ΘωμᾶςThomas , τῶνthe ἀποστόλωνapostle εἷςone τῶνthe δώδεκαtwelve , ΘαδδαῖονThaddeus , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἀριθμῷnumber, total καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same τῶνthe ἑβδομήκονταseventy τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist μαθητῶνdisciple κατειλεγμένονto pick up , κινήσειto move θειοτέρᾳmore divine ἐπὶon, upon, against τὰthe ἜδεσσαEdessa κήρυκαpreacher καὶand, also, even, then, next εὐαγγελιστὴνevangelist τῆςthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe ΧριστοῦChrist διδασκαλίαςteaching, instruction ἐκπέμπειto send out , Not long afterward his promise was fulfilled. For after his resurrection from the dead and his ascent into heaven, Thomas, one of the twelve apostles, under divine impulse sent Thaddeus, who was also numbered among the seventy disciples of Christ, to Edessa, as a preacher and evangelist of the teaching of Christ.
13-5 πάνταevery, all τεand, both, if δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τὰthe τῆςthe τοῦthe σωτῆροςsaviour ἡμῶνour, of us τέλοςend ἐλάμβανενto take, receive ἐπαγγελίαςannouncement, promise . ἔχειςto have, hold καὶand, also, even, then, next τούτωνthese ἀνάγραπτονrecorded τὴν‎the μαρτυρίανtestimony , ἐκout, out of τῶνthe κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along ἜδεσσανEdessa τὸthe τηνικάδεat this time, then βασιλευομένηνto rule πόλινcity γραμματοφυλακείωνdocument archive ληφθεῖσανto take, receive · ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to γοῦνtherefore, hence τοῖςthe αὐτόθιhere, in this place δημοσίοιςpublic χάρταιςsheet, roll , τοῖςthe τὰthe παλαιὰold καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰthe ἀμφὶabout τὸνthe ἌβγαρονAbgarus πραχθένταto do, accomplish, practice περιέχουσιto surround , καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) εἰςinto, unto, for ἔτιever, any longer, yet νῦνnow; mouse ἐξout, out of ἐκείνουthat πεφυλαγμέναto watch, keep εὕρηταιto find , οὐδὲνno one, nothing δὲbut, and, however οἷονso, such as καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same ἐπακοῦσαιto hear, listen, heed τῶνthe ἐπιστολῶνepistle, letter , ἀπὸfrom, away from τῶνthe ἀρχείωνofficial records ἡμῖνus, our ἀναληφθεισῶνto take up καὶand, also, even, then, next τόνδεthis αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same ῥήμασινword ἐκout, out of τῆςthe ΣύρωνSyriac, Syrians φωνῆςlanguage, sound, voice, noise μεταβληθεισῶνto turn, shift τὸνthe τρόπονway, manner, fashion · And all that our Saviour had promised received through him its fulfillment. You have written evidence of these things taken from the archives of Edessa, which was at that time a royal city. For in the public registers there, which contain accounts of ancient times and the acts of Abgarus, these things have been found preserved down to the present time. But there is no better way than to hear the epistles themselves which we have taken from the archives and have literally translated from the Syriac language in the following manner.
ἀντίγραφονtranscript, copy ἐπιστολῆςepistle, letter γραφείσηςto write ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under ΆβγάρουAbgar, Abgarus τοπάρχουgovernor τῷthe ἸησοῦJesus καὶand, also, even, then, next πεμφθείσηςto send αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of ἈνανιουAnanias ταχυδρομουrunning fast εἰσinto, unto, for ἹεροσολυμαJerusalem 1 Copy of an epistle written by Abgarus the ruler to Jesus, and sent to him at Jerusalem by Ananias the swift courier.1
1The text is in all upper case: ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΟΝ ΕΠΙΣΤΟΛΗΣ ΓΡΑΦΕΙΣΗΣ ΥΠΟ ΑΒΓΑΡΟΥ ΤΟΠΑΡΧΟΥ ΤΩΙ ΙΗΣΟΥ ΚΑΙ ΠΕΜΦΘΕΙΣΗΣ ΑΥΤΩΙ ΔΙ' ΑΝΑΝΙΟΥ ΤΑΧΥΔΡΟΜΟΥ ΕΙΣ ΙΕΡΟΣΟΛΥΜΑ
13-6 ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus ΟὐχαμαUchama τοπάρχηςgovernor ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua σωτῆριsaviour, deliverer ἀγαθῷgood ἀναφανέντιto cause to give light ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τόπῳplace ἹεροσολύμωνJerusalem χαίρεινto greet, rejoice . ἤκουσταίto hear μοιme, my τὰthe περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around σοῦyou, your καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe σῶνyou, your ἰαμάτωνhealings , ὡςas ἄνευwithout φαρμάκωνsorcery καὶand, also, even, then, next βοτανῶνplant, vegetation ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under σοῦyou, your γινομένωνto become, come to be. ὡςas γὰρfor, because λόγοςstatement, word, τυφλοὺςblind ἀναβλέπεινto look up ποιεῖςto do, make, χωλοὺςlame περιπατεῖνto go about, walk, καὶand, also, even, then, next λεπροὺςlepers καθαρίζειςto cleanse, καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀκάθαρταunclean πνεύματαspirit, wind καὶand, also, even, then, next δαίμοναςdemon ἐκβάλλειςto throw out, send out, take out , καὶand, also, even, then, next τοὺςthe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to μακρονοσίᾳlingering sickness βασανιζομένουςto strain, vex, torture θεραπεύειςto heal , καὶand, also, even, then, next νεκροὺςmortal, dead ἐγείρειςto awaken . Abgarus, ruler of Edessa, to Jesus the excellent Saviour who has appeared in the country of Jerusalem, greeting. I have heard the reports of you and of your cures as performed by you without medicines or herbs. For it is said that you make the blind to see and the lame to walk, that you cleanse lepers and cast out impure spirits and demons, and that you heal those afflicted with lingering disease, and raise the dead.
13-7 καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) πάνταevery, all ἀκούσαςto hear περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around σοῦyou, your , κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along νοῦνmind, understanding ἐθέμηνto put, place τὸthe ἕτερονother, another, next τῶνthe δύοboth, two, double , or, either, than; +πριν=before ὅτιbecause, for, that, since σὺyou εἶto be the; oh ΘεὸςGod καὶand, also, even, then, next καταβὰςto descend ἀπὸfrom, away from τοῦthe οὐρανοῦheaven, sky ποιεῖςto do, make ταῦταthese (things) , or, either, than; +πριν=before υἱὸςson εἶto be τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod ποιῶνto do, make ταῦταthese (things) . And having heard all these things concerning you, I have concluded that one of two things must be true: either you are God, and having come down from heaven you do these things, or else you, who does these things, are the Son of God.
13-8 διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦτοthis τοίνυνtruly now, hence, therefore γράψαςto write ἐδεήθηνto ask, beg, implore σουyou, your σκυλῆναιto come πρός+G=to advantage; +D=at, near; +A=to, toward, with μεme καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸthe πάθοςpassion, suffering , who, which, that ἔχωto have, hold , θεραπεῦσαιto heal . καὶand, also, even, then, next γὰρfor, because ἤκουσαto hear ὅτιbecause, for, that, since καὶand, also, even, then, next ἸουδαῖοιJews, Judea καταγογγύζουσίto murmur against σουyou, your καὶand, also, even, then, next βούλονταιto want, wish, will, plan κακῶσαίto afflict σεyou . πόλιςcity δὲbut, and, however μικροτάτηsmallest μοίme ἐστιto be καὶand, also, even, then, next σεμνήsolemn , ἥτιςwhoever, whichever ἐξαρκεῖto be enough ἀμφοτέροιςboth .”1 I have therefore written to you to ask you if you would take the trouble to come to me and heal the disease which I have. For I have heard that the Jews are murmuring against you and are plotting to injure you. But I have a very small yet noble city which is great enough for us both.1
3-9 ταthe ἀντιγράφενταto write in reply ὑπὸ+g=by (agency); +a=under ἸησουJesus διὰ+g=through, by; +a=because of ἈνανιουAnanias ταχυδρομουrunning fast τοπαρχῃτοπαρχῃ, governor ἈβγαρωιAbgarus 1 The answer of Jesus to the ruler Abgarus by the courier Ananias.1
1The above was all in uppercase: ΤΑ ΑΝΤΙΓΡΑΦΕΝΤΑ ΥΠΟ ΙΗΣΟΥ ΔΙΑ ΑΝΑΝΙΟΥ ΤΑΧΥΔΡΟΜΟΥ ΤΟΠΑΡΧΗΙ ΑΒΡΑΡΩΙ
13-10 Μακάριοςblessed εἶto be πιστεύσαςto believe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἐμοίmy, mine , μὴno, not ἑορακώςto see μεme . γέγραπταιto write γὰρfor, because περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around ἐμοῦme, my, mine τοὺςthe ἑορακόταςto see μεme μὴno, not πιστεύσεινto trust, believe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ἐμοίmy, mine , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἵναin order that, so that οἱthe μὴno, not ἑορακότεςto see μεme αὐτοὶhe, she, it, self, same πιστεύσωσιto believe καὶand, also, even, then, next ζήσονταιto live . περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around δὲbut, and, however οὗwhere; who, which, that ἔγραψάςto write μοιme, my ἐλθεῖνto come πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with σέyou , δέονto be appropriate; to need ἐστὶto be πάνταevery, all δι᾽+G=through, by; +A=because of who, which, that ἀπεστάληνto send away ἐνταῦθαhere, in this place , πληρῶσαιto fill, fulfill καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after τὸthe πληρῶσαιto fill, fulfill οὕτωςthus, so, this way ἀναληφθῆναιto take up, lift πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe ἀποστείλαντάto send μεme . καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπειδὰνwhenever ἀναληφθῶto take up , ἀποστελῶto send away σοίyou τιναsomeone, something τῶνthe μαθητῶνdisciple μουmy, of me , ἵναin order that, so that ἰάσηταίto heal σουyou, your τὸthe πάθοςpassion, suffering καὶand, also, even, then, next ζωήνlife σοιyou καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῖςthe σὺν+D=with σοὶyou παράσχηταιto prick; to hand over .” Blessed are you who hast believed in me without having seen me. For it is written concerning me, that they who have seen me will not believe in me, and that they who have not seen me will believe and be saved. But concerning what you have written me, that I should come to you, it is necessary for me to fulfill all things here for which I have been sent, and after I have fulfilled them thus to be taken up again to him that sent me. But after I have been taken up I will send to you one of my disciples, that he may heal your disease and give life to you and yours.
13-11 Ταύταιςthese δὲbut, and, however ταῖςthe ἐπιστολαῖςepistle, letter ἔτιever, any longer, yet καὶand, also, even, then, next ταῦταthese (things) συνῆπτοto join together τῇthe ΣύρωνSyriac, Syrians φωνῇvoice, sound, noise · To these epistles there was added the following account in the Syriac language.
13-12 Μετὰwith δὲbut, and, however τὸthe ἀναληφθῆναιto take up, lift τὸνthe ἸησοῦνJesus, Joshua ἀπέστειλενto send forth αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἸούδαςJudas , the; oh καὶand, also, even, then, next ΘωμᾶςThomas , ΘαδδαῖονThaddeus ἀπόστολονapostle , ἕναone τῶνthe ἑβδομήκονταseventy · ὃςwho, which, that ἐλθὼνto come, go κατέμενενto stay πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with ΤωβίανTobias τὸνthe τοῦthe ΤωβίαTobias . ὡςas δὲbut, and, however ἠκούσθηto hear 1 περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , ἐμηνύθηto denounce, reveal τῷthe ἈβγάρῳAbgarus ὅτιbecause, for, that, since ἐλήλυθενto come, go ἀπόστολοςapostle: Nom SingMasc ἐνταῦθαhere, in this place τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua , καθὰas, just as ἐπέστειλένto send to σοιyou . After the ascension of Jesus, Judas, who was also called Thomas, sent to him Thaddeus, an apostle, one of the Seventy. When he had come he lodged with Tobias, the son of Tobias. When the report of him got abroad, it was told Abgarus that an apostle of Jesus had come, as he had written him.
1In place of αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, same , some manuscripts have:
αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, same καὶ δῆλος γένονε διὰ τῶν ἐπιτελουμένων παρ' αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, same θαυμασίων. And he had become manifest by the wonders wrought by him.
13-13 ἤρξατοto rule; to begin οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore the; oh ΘαδδαῖοςThaddeus ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to δυνάμειpower, ability ΘεοῦGod θεραπεύεινto care for, heal πᾶσανevery, all νόσονsickness, disease καὶand, also, even, then, next μαλακίανsickness , ὥστεtherefore, so that, in order that πάνταςevery, all θαυμάζεινto be amazed · ὡςas δὲbut, and, however ἤκουσενto hear the; oh ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus τὰthe μεγαλεῖαAdj: magnificent; Sub: great thing καὶand, also, even, then, next τὰthe θαυμάσιαmiraculous, wonderful who, which, that ἐποίειto do, make , καὶand, also, even, then, next ὡςas ἐθεράπευενto cure, heal , ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ὑπονοίᾳsuspicion γέγονενto become, come to be ὡςas ὅτιbecause, for, that, since αὐτόςhe, she, it, -self, same ἐστινto be περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around οὗwhere; who, which, that the; oh ἸησοῦςJesus, Joshua ἐπέστειλενto write by letter λέγωνto speak, talk, sayἐπειδὰνwhenever ἀναληφθῶto take up , ἀποστελῶto send away σοίyou τιναsomeone, something τῶνthe μαθητῶνdisciple μουmy, of me , ὃςwho, which, that τὸthe πάθοςpassion, suffering σουyou, your ἰάσεταιto heal .' Thaddeus began then in the power of God to heal every disease and infirmity, insomuch that all wondered. And when Abgarus heard of the great and wonderful things which he did and of the cures which he performed, he began to suspect that he was the one of whom Jesus had written him, saying, 'After I have been taken up I will send to you one of my disciples who will heal you.'
13-14 μετακαλεσάμενοςto summon οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore τὸνthe ΤωβίανTobias , παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along who, which, that κατέμενενto stay , εἶπενto speak, talk, sayἤκουσαto hear ὅτιbecause, for, that, since ἀνήρman, male, husband τιςsomeone, a certain one/thing δυνάστηςruler ἐλθὼνto come, go κατέμεινενto stay ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῇthe σῇyour οἰκίᾳhouse, home · ἀνάγαγεto bring, launch, sail αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same πρός+G=to advantage; +D=at, near; +A=to, toward, with μεme .'1 ἐλθὼνto come, go δὲbut, and, however the; oh ΤωβίαςTobias παρὰ+G= from; +D=before; +A=beside, along ΘαδδαίῳThaddeus , εἶπενto speak, talk, say αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, samethe; oh τοπάρχηςgovernor ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus μετακαλεσάμενόςto summon μεme εἶπενto speak, talk, say ἀναγαγεῖνto bring, launch, sail σεyou παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , ἵναin order that, so that θεραπεύσῃςto heal αὐτόνhe, she, it, -self, same .' καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΘαδδαῖοςThaddeus , ‘ ἀναβαίνωto ascend, mount ,' ἔφηto speak, talk, say , ‘ ἐπειδήπερsince, whenever δυνάμειpower, ability παρ᾽+G=from; +D=before; +A=beside, along αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἀπέσταλμαto send .' Therefore, summoning Tobias, with whom Thaddeus lodged, he said, I have heard that a certain man of power has come and is lodging in your house. Bring him to me.1 And Tobias coming to Thaddeus said to him, the ruler Abgarus summoned me and told me to bring you to him that you might heal him. And Thaddeus said, ‘I will go, for I have been sent to him with power.'
1In place of ἀνάγαγε αὐτὸν πρός με some manuscripts have : καὶ πολλὰς ἰάσεις ἐπ' ὀνόματι ιυ ἐργάζεται· ὁ δὲ εἶπεν ναὶ κε ξένος τις ἐλθὼν ἐνώκησεν παρ' ἐμοὶ καὶ πολλὰ θαύματα ἐπιτελεῖ· ὁ δὲ ἀνάγαγε αὐτὸν ἔφη πρός με
13-15 ὀρθρίσαςto arise early οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore the; oh ΤωβίαςTobias τῇthe ἑξῆςafter, next καὶand, also, even, then, next παραλαβὼνto take, receive τὸνthe ΘαδδαῖονThaddeus ἦλθενto come, go πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe ἌβγαρονAbgarus . ὡςas δὲbut, and, however ἀνέβηto ascend, mount , παρόντωνto be present καὶand, also, even, then, next ἑστώτωνto set, place τῶνthe μεγιστάνωνnobleman αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , παραχρῆμαimmediately ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῷthe εἰσιέναιto enter αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ὅραμαvision μέγαgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) ἐφάνηto appear, seem τῷthe ἈβγάρῳAbgarus ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to τῷthe προσώπῳface τοῦthe ἀποστόλουapostle ΘαδδαίουThaddeus · ὅπερthe thing which ἰδὼνto behold, see, know ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus προσεκύνησενto worship τῷthe ΘαδδαίῳThaddeus , θαῦμάwonder τεand, both, if ἔσχενto have, hold πάνταςevery, all τοὺςthe περιεστῶταςto place around, stand beside · αὐτοὶhe, she, it, self, same γὰρfor, because οὐχno, not, no indeed ἑοράκασιto see τὸthe ὅραμαvision , who, which, that μόνῳonly, alone τῷthe ἈβγάρῳAbgarus ἐφάνηto appear, seem · Tobias therefore arose early on the following day, and taking Thaddeus came to Abgarus. And when he came, the nobles were present and stood about Abgarus. And immediately upon his entrance a great vision appeared to Abgarus in the countenance of the apostle Thaddeus. When Abgarus saw it he prostrated himself before Thaddeus, while all those who stood about were astonished; for they did not see the vision, which appeared to Abgarus alone.
13-16 ὃςwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next τὸνthe ΘαδδαῖονThaddeus ἤρετοto take up, raise εἰ[Conj] if, sinceἐπ᾽on, upon, against ἀληθείαςThummim, truth μαθητὴςdisciple εἶto be ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua τοῦthe υἱοῦson τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod , ὃςwho, which, that εἰρήκειto speak, talk, say πρός+G=to advantage; +D=at, near; +A=to, toward, with μεmeἀποστελῶto send away σοίyou τιναsomeone, something τῶνthe μαθητῶνdisciple μουmy, of me , ὅστιςanyone who, anything which ἰάσεταίto heal σεyou καὶand, also, even, then, next ζωήνlife σοιyou παρέξειto allow, grant .” ' καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΘαδδαῖοςThaddeus ἔφηto speak, talk, sayἐπεὶsince, because, when, after μεγάλωςgreatly, much, largely πεπίστευκαςto believe εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe ἀποστείλαντάto send μεme , διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦτοthis ἀπεστάληνto send away πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with σέyou . καὶand, also, even, then, next πάλινagain, back ἐπιστρέψαςto turn , ἐὰνif, though, when, whenever πιστεύσῃςto believe ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , ὡςas ἂνwhatever, whoever, wherever πιστεύσῃςto believe ἔσταιto be σοιyou τὰthe αἰτήματαpetition τῆςthe καρδίαςheart σουyou, your .' He then asked Thaddeus if he were in truth a disciple of Jesus the Son of God, who had said to him, 'I will send you one of my disciples, who shall heal you and give you life.' and Thaddeus said, Because you have mightily believed in him that sent me, therefore have I been sent unto you. And still further, if you believe in him, the petitions of your heart shall be granted you as you believe.
13-17 καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with αὐτόνhe, she, it, -self, sameοὕτωςthus, so, this way ἐπίστευσαto believe ,' φησίνto affirm, say , ‘ ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same , ὡςas καὶand, also, even, then, next τοὺςthe ἸουδαίουςJews τοὺςthe σταυρώσανταςcross, fence with pales αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same βουληθῆναιto want, wish, will, plan δύναμινability, strength παραλαβὼνto take, receive κατακόψαιto cut down , εἰ[Conj] if, since μὴno, not διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τὴν‎the βασιλείανroyalty, rule, kingdom τὴν‎theῬωμαίωνRoman, Latin ἀνεκόπηνto drive back, push back τούτουthis .' καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΘαδδαῖοςThaddeus εἶπενto speak, talk, saythe; oh κύριοςlord ἡμῶνour, of us τὸthe θέλημαto want, wish, will, plan τοῦthe πατρὸςfather αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same πεπλήρωκενto fulfill καὶand, also, even, then, next πληρώσαςto fill, fulfill ἀνελήφθηto receive, take up πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe πατέραfather .' And Abgarus said to him, ‘So much have I believed in him that I wished to take an army and destroy those Jews who crucified him, had I not been deterred from it by reason of the dominion of the Romans.' And Thaddeus said, ‘Our Lord has fulfilled the will of his Father, and having fulfilled it has been taken up to his Father.' And Abgarus said to him, ‘I too have believed in him and in his Father.'
13-18 λέγειto speak, talk, say αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarusκἀγὼand I, even I πεπίστευκαto believe εἰςinto, unto, for αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe πατέραfather αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same .' καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΘαδδαῖοςThaddeusδιὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦτοthis ,' φησίto affirm, say , ‘ τίθημιto place, put τὴν‎the χεῖράhand μουmy, of me ἐπὶon, upon, against σὲyou ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ὀνόματιto name, call αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same .' καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦτοthis πράξαντοςto pass through, pass over , παραχρῆμαimmediately ἐθεραπεύθηto heal τῆςthe νόσουsickness καὶand, also, even, then, next τοῦthe πάθουςsuffering οὗwhere; who, which, that εἶχενto have, hold . And Thaddeus said to him, ‘Therefore I place my hand upon you in his name.' And when he had done it, immediately Abgarus was cured of the disease and of the suffering which he had.
13-19 ἐθαύμασένto wonder τεand, both, if the; oh ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus ὅτιbecause, for, that, since καθὼςjust as, even as, according to ἤκουσταιto hear αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua , οὕτωςthus, so, this way τοῖςthe ἔργοιςdeed, work παρέλαβενto take alongside διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of τοῦthe μαθητοῦdisciple αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ΘαδδαίουThaddeus , ὃςwho, which, that αὐτὸνhe, she, it, -self, same ἄνευwithout φαρμακείαςsorcery, magic, medication καὶand, also, even, then, next βοτανῶνplant, vegetation ἐθεράπευσενto heal , καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐno, not μόνονonly, alone , ἀλλὰotherwise, however, but καὶand, also, even, then, next ἌβδονAbdus τὸνthe τοῦthe ἌβδουAbdus , ποδάγρανto have gout ἔχονταto have, hold · ὃςwho, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same προσελθὼνto come toward, approach ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τοὺςthe πόδαςfoot αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same ἔπεσενto fall , εὐχάςvows τεand, both, if διὰ+G=through, by; +A=because of χειρὸςhand, paw λαβὼνto take, receive ἐθεραπεύθηto heal , πολλούςmany, much τεand, both, if ἄλλουςother, another, next συμπολίταςfellow-citizen αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same the; oh αὐτὸςhe, she, it, -self, same ἰάσατοto heal , Θαυμαστὰmarvellous, amazing καὶand, also, even, then, next μεγάλαgreat (in size, sound, age, strength, quality) ποιῶνto do, make καὶand, also, even, then, next κηρύσσωνto preach τὸνthe λόγονstatement, word τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod . And Abgarus marvelled, that as he had heard concerning Jesus, so he had received in very deed through his disciple Thaddeus, who healed him without medicines and herbs, and not only him, but also Abdus the son of Abdus, who was afflicted with the gout; for he too came to him and fell at his feet, and having received a benediction by the imposition of his hands, he was healed. The same Thaddeus cured also many other inhabitants of the city, and did wonders and marvelous works, and preached the word of God.
13-20 μετὰ+G=with; +A=after δὲbut, and, however ταῦταthese (things) the; oh ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarusσὺyou ΘαδδαῖεThaddeus ,' ἔφηto speak, talk, say , ‘ σὺν+D=with δυνάμειpower, ability τοῦthe ΘεοῦGod ταῦταthese (things) ποιεῖςto do, make καὶand, also, even, then, next ἡμεῖςwe, us αὐτοὶhe, she, it, self, same ἐθαυμάσαμενto wonder, marvel · ἀλλ᾽otherwise, however, but ἐπὶon, upon, against τούτοιςthese δέομαίto beg, implore σουyou, your , διήγησαίto describe μοιme, my περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe ἐλεύσεωςan advent, coming τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua πῶςhow? in what way? ἐγένετοto become, come to be , καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe δυνάμεωςability, power αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to ποίᾳwhat sort?, which one? δυνάμειpower, ability ταῦταthese (things) ἐποίειto do, make ἅτιναwho, whoever, what ἤκουσταίto hear μοιme, my .' And afterward Abgarus said, You, O Thaddeus, do these things with the power of God, and we marvel. But, in addition to these things, I pray you to inform me concerning the coming of Jesus, how he was born; and concerning his power, by what power he performed those deeds of which I have heard.
13-21 καὶand, also, even, then, next the; oh ΘαδδαῖοςThaddeusνῦνnow; mouse μὲνon one hand, in one instance, etc. σιωπήσομαιto be silent ,' ἔφηto speak, talk, say , ‘ ἐπεὶsince, because, when, after δὲbut, and, however κηρῦξαιto herald τὸνthe λόγονstatement, word ἀπεστάληνto send away , αὔριονtomorrow ἐκκλησίασόνto hold an assembly μοιme, my τοὺςthe πολίταςcitizen σουyou, your πάνταςevery, all , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐπ᾽on, upon, against αὐτῶνhe, she, it , -self, same κηρύξωto preach καὶand, also, even, then, next σπερῶto sow (seed) ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to αὐτοῖςhe, she, it, -self, same τὸνthe λόγονstatement, word τῆςthe ζωῆςlife , περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τεand, both, if τῆςthe ἐλεύσεωςan advent, coming τοῦthe ἸησοῦJesus, Joshua καθὼςjust as, even as, according to ἐγένετοto become, come to be , καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe ἀποστολῆςapostleship αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἕνεκαfor sake of, because τίνοςwho? what? ἀπεστάληto send forth ὑπὸ+ G = by (agency); + A = under τοῦthe πατρόςfather , καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe δυνάμεωςability, power καὶand, also, even, then, next τῶνthe ἔργωνwork, deed [Gen Pl N] αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next μυστηρίωνmysteries ὧνwho, whom, which ἐλάλησενto speak, talk, say ἐνin, among, on, by, with, to κόσμῳworld , καὶand, also, even, then, next ποίᾳwhat sort?, which one? δυνάμειpower, ability ταῦταthese (things) ἐποίειto do, make , καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe καινῆςnew αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same κηρύξεωςproclamating , καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe μικρότητοςsmallness καὶand, also, even, then, next περὶ+G=about, concerning; +A=about, around τῆςthe ταπεινώσεωςdepression, humiliation , καὶand, also, even, then, next πῶςhow? in what way? ἐταπείνωσενto humble ἑαυτὸνhimself, herself, itself καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀπέθετοto put away, take off καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐσμίκρυνενto diminish, belittle αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same τὴν‎the θεότηταdivinity , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἐσταυρώθηto crucify , καὶand, also, even, then, next κατέβηto come down εἰςinto, unto, for τὸνthe ἍιδηνHades , καὶand, also, even, then, next διέσχισεto cut off φραγμὸνhedge, fence τὸνthe ἐξout, out of αἰῶνοςage, eternal μὴno, not σχισθένταto cleave, split , καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀνήγειρενto wake up, awaken νεκροὺςmortal, dead καὶand, also, even, then, next κατέβηto come down μόνοςonly, alone , ἀνέβηto ascend, mount δὲbut, and, however μετὰ+G=with; +A=after πολλοῦmany, much ὄχλουcrowd πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with τὸνthe πατέραfather αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same .'1 And Thaddeus said, ‘Now indeed will I keep silence, since I have been sent to proclaim the word publicly. But tomorrow assemble for me all your citizens, and I will preach in their presence and sow among them the word of God, concerning the coming of Jesus, how he was born; and concerning his mission, for what purpose he was sent by the Father; and concerning the power of his works, and the mysteries which he proclaimed in the world, and by what power he did these things; and concerning his new preaching, and his abasement and humiliation, and how he humbled himself, and died and debased his divinity and was crucified, and descended into Hades, and burst the bars which from eternity had not been broken, and raised the dead; for he descended alone, but rose with many, and thus ascended to his Father.'1
1In place of αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, same some manuscripts add : αὐτοῦhe, she, it, -self, same καὶ πῶς κάθηται ἐν δεξιᾶ τοῦ θυ καὶ πρσ μετὰ δόξης ἐν τοῖς οὐνοις καὶ ἐλεύσεσθαι μέλλει πάλιν μετὰ δθνάμεως κρῖναι ζῶντας καὶ νεκρούς. 1“And how he is seated on the right hand of God and the Father with glory in the Heavens, and how he will come again with power to judge the living and the dead.”
13-22 ἐκέλευσενto command, order, urge οὖνand, so, truly, now, therefore the; oh ἌβγαροςAbgar, Abgarus τῇthe ἕωθενfrom morning συνάξαιto assemble τοὺςthe πολίταςcitizen αὐτοῦ‎he, she, it, -self, same καὶand, also, even, then, next ἀκοῦσαιto hear τὴν‎the ὅραμαvision κήρυξινherald; proclaiming ΘαδδαίουThaddeus , καὶand, also, even, then, next μετὰ+G=with; +A=after ταῦταthese (things) προσέταξενto command, place δοθῆναιto give αὐτῷhe, she, it, -self, same χρυσὸνgold καὶand, also, even, then, next ἄσημονbullion . the; oh δὲbut, and, however οὐκno, not ἐδέξατοto take, receive , εἰπώνto speak, talk, sayεἰ[Conj] if, since τὰthe ἡμέτεραour καταλελοίπαμενto leave , πῶςhow? in what way? τὰthe ἀλλότριαstrange, another's ληψόμεθαto take, receive ;' Abgarus therefore commanded the citizens to assemble early in the morning to hear the preaching of Thaddeus, and afterward he ordered gold and silver to be given him. But he refused to take it, saying, ‘If we have forsaken that which was our own, how shall we take that which is another's?'
13-23 ἐπράχθηto do ταῦταthese (things) τεσσαρακοστῷfortieth καὶand, also, even, then, next τριακοσιοστῷ300th ἔτειyear .”1 These things were done in the three hundred and fortieth year.”1
1The 340th year of the Edessene era, which began 310 BC, would be AD 30, which agrees with the date of the crucifixion given by Tertullian but is one year earlier than the date given in Jerome's version of the Chronicle of Eusebius and two years earlier than that given in the Armenian version of the same book.
13-24 who, which, that καὶand, also, even, then, next οὐκno, not εἰςinto, unto, for ἄχρηστονuseless, worthless πρὸς+D=at; +A=to, toward, with λέξινspeech ἐκout, out of τῆςthe ΣύρωνSyriac, Syrians μεταβληθένταto turn, shift φωνῆςlanguage, sound, voice, noise ἐνταῦθάhere, in this place; soon μοιme, my κατὰ+G=down from/upon; +A=according to, along καιρὸνtime, season κείσθωto be present; to recline. I have inserted them here in their proper place, translated from the Syriac literally, and I hope to good purpose.